RFC2828

From RFC-Wiki

Network Working Group R. Shirey Request for Comments: 2828 GTE / BBN Technologies FYI: 36 May 2000 Category: Informational

                   Internet Security Glossary

Status of this Memo

This memo provides information for the Internet community. It does not specify an Internet standard of any kind. Distribution of this memo is unlimited.

Copyright Notice

Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2000). All Rights Reserved.

Abstract

This Glossary (191 pages of definitions and 13 pages of references) provides abbreviations, explanations, and recommendations for use of information system security terminology. The intent is to improve the comprehensibility of writing that deals with Internet security, particularly Internet Standards documents (ISDs). To avoid confusion, ISDs should use the same term or definition whenever the same concept is mentioned. To improve international understanding, ISDs should use terms in their plainest, dictionary sense. ISDs should use terms established in standards documents and other well-founded publications and should avoid substituting private or newly made-up terms. ISDs should avoid terms that are proprietary or otherwise favor a particular vendor, or that create a bias toward a particular security technology or mechanism versus other, competing techniques that already exist or might be developed in the future.

Introduction

This Glossary provides an internally consistent, complementary set of abbreviations, definitions, explanations, and recommendations for use of terminology related to information system security. The intent of this Glossary is to improve the comprehensibility of Internet Standards documents (ISDs)--i.e., RFCs, Internet-Drafts, and other material produced as part of the Internet Standards Process [R2026]-- and of all other Internet material, too. Some non-security terms are included to make the Glossary self-contained, but more complete lists of networking terms are available elsewhere [R1208, R1983].

Some glossaries (e.g., [Raym]) list terms that are not listed here but could be applied to Internet security. However, those terms have not been included in this Glossary because they are not appropriate for ISDs.

This Glossary marks terms and definitions as being either endorsed or deprecated for use in ISDs, but this Glossary is not an Internet standard. The key words "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" are intended to be interpreted the same way as in an Internet Standard [R2119], but this guidance represents only the recommendations of this author. However, this Glossary includes reasons for the recommendations--particularly for the SHOULD NOTs--so that readers can judge for themselves whether to follow the recommendations.

This Glossary supports the goals of the Internet Standards Process:

o Clear, Concise, and Easily Understood Documentation

  This Glossary seeks to improve comprehensibility of security-
  related content of ISDs. That requires wording to be clear and
  understandable, and requires the set of security-related terms and
  definitions to be consistent and self-supporting. Also, the
  terminology needs to be uniform across all ISDs; i.e., the same
  term or definition needs to be used whenever and wherever the same
  concept is mentioned. Harmonization of existing ISDs need not be
  done immediately, but it is desirable to correct and standardize
  the terminology when new versions are issued in the normal course
  of standards development and evolution.

o Technical Excellence

  Just as Internet Standard (STD) protocols should operate
  effectively, ISDs should use terminology accurately, precisely,
  and unambiguously to enable Internet Standards to be implemented
  correctly.

o Prior Implementation and Testing

  Just as STD protocols require demonstrated experience and
  stability before adoption, ISDs need to use well-established
  language. Using terms in their plainest, dictionary sense (when
  appropriate) helps to ensure international understanding. ISDs
  need to avoid using private, made-up terms in place of generally-
  accepted terms from standards and other publications. ISDs need to
  avoid substituting new definitions that conflict with established
  ones. ISDs need to avoid using "cute" synonyms (e.g., see: Green
  Book); no matter how popular a nickname may be in one community,
  it is likely to cause confusion in another.

o Openness, Fairness, and Timeliness

  ISDs need to avoid terms that are proprietary or otherwise favor a
  particular vendor, or that create a bias toward a particular
  security technology or mechanism over other, competing techniques
  that already exist or might be developed in the future. The set of
  terminology used across the set of ISDs needs to be flexible and
  adaptable as the state of Internet security art evolves.

Explanation of Paragraph Markings

Section 3 marks terms and definitions as follows:

o Capitalization: Only terms that are proper nouns are capitalized.

o Paragraph Marking: Definitions and explanations are stated in

  paragraphs that are marked as follows:
  - "I" identifies a RECOMMENDED Internet definition.
  - "N" identifies a RECOMMENDED non-Internet definition.
  - "O" identifies a definition that is not recommended as the first
    choice for Internet documents but is something that authors of
    Internet documents need to know.
  - "D" identifies a term or definition that SHOULD NOT be used in
    Internet documents.
  - "C" identifies commentary or additional usage guidance.

The rest of Section 2 further explains these five markings.

Recommended Terms with an Internet Basis ("I")

The paragraph marking "I" (as opposed to "O") indicates a definition that SHOULD be the first choice for use in ISDs. Most terms and definitions of this type MAY be used in ISDs; however, some "I" definitions are accompanied by a "D" paragraph that recommends against using the term. Also, some "I" definitions are preceded by an indication of a contextual usage limitation (e.g., see: certification), and ISDs should not the term and definition outside that context

An "I" (as opposed to an "N") also indicates that the definition has an Internet basis. That is, either the Internet Standards Process is authoritative for the term, or the term is sufficiently generic that this Glossary can freely state a definition without contradicting a non-Internet authority (e.g., see: attack).

Many terms with "I" definitions are proper nouns (e.g., see: Internet Protocol). For such terms, the "I" definition is intended only to provide basic information; the authoritative definition is found elsewhere.

For a proper noun identified as an "Internet protocol", please refer to the current edition of "Internet Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state and status of the protocol.

Recommended Terms with a Non-Internet Basis ("N")

The paragraph marking "N" (as opposed to "O") indicates a definition that SHOULD be the first choice for the term, if the term is used at all in Internet documents. Terms and definitions of this type MAY be used in Internet documents (e.g., see: X.509 public-key certificate).

However, an "N" (as opposed to an "I") also indicates a definition that has a non-Internet basis or origin. Many such definitions are preceded by an indication of a contextual usage limitation, and this Glossary's endorsement does not apply outside that context. Also, some contexts are rarely if ever expected to occur in a Internet document (e.g., see: baggage). In those cases, the listing exists to make Internet authors aware of the non-Internet usage so that they can avoid conflicts with non-Internet documents.

Many terms with "N" definitions are proper nouns (e.g., see: Computer Security Objects Register). For such terms, the "N" definition is intended only to provide basic information; the authoritative definition is found elsewhere.

Other Definitions ("O")

The paragraph marking "O" indicates a definition that has a non- Internet basis, but indicates that the definition SHOULD NOT be used in ISDs *except* in cases where the term is specifically identified as non-Internet.

For example, an ISD might mention "BCA" (see: brand certification authority) or "baggage" as an example to illustrate some concept; in that case, the document should specifically say "SET(trademark) BCA" or "SET(trademark) baggage" and include the definition of the term.

For some terms that have a definition published by a non-Internet authority--government (see: object reuse), industry (see: Secure Data Exchange), national (see: Data Encryption Standard), or international (see: data confidentiality)--this Glossary marks the definition "N", recommending its use in Internet documents. In other cases, the non- Internet definition of a term is inadequate or inappropriate for ISDs. For example, it may be narrow or outdated, or it may need clarification by substituting more careful or more explanatory wording using other terms that are defined in this Glossary. In those cases, this Glossary marks the tern "O" and provides an "I" definition (or sometimes a different "N" definition), which precedes and supersedes the definition marked "O".

In most of the cases where this Glossary provides a definition to supersede one from a non-Internet standard, the substitute is intended to subsume the meaning of the superseded "O" definition and not conflict with it. For the term "security service", for example, the "O" definition deals narrowly with only communication services provided by layers in the OSI model and is inadequate for the full range of ISD usage; the "I" definition can be used in more situations and for more kinds of service. However, the "O" definition is also provided here so that ISD authors will be aware of the context in which the term is used more narrowly.

When making substitutions, this Glossary attempts to use understandable English that does not contradict any non-Internet authority. Still, terminology differs between the standards of the American Bar Association, OSI, SET, the U.S. Department of Defense, and other authorities, and this Glossary probably is not exactly aligned with all of them.

Deprecated Terms, Definitions, and Uses ("D")

If this Glossary recommends that a term or definition SHOULD NOT be used in ISDs, then either the definition has the paragraph marking "D", or the restriction is stated in a "D" paragraph that immediately follows the term or definition.

Commentary and Additional Guidance ("C")

The paragraph marking "C" identifies text that is advisory or tutorial. This text MAY be reused in other Internet documents. This text is not intended to be authoritative, but is provided to clarify the definitions and to enhance this Glossary so that Internet security novices can use it as a tutorial.

Definitions

Note: Each acronym or other abbreviation (except items of common English usage, such as "e.g.", "etc.", "i.e.", "vol.", "pp.", "U.S.") that is used in this Glossary, either in a definition or as a subpart of a defined term, is also defined in this Glossary.

$ 3DES

  See: triple DES.

$ *-property

  (N) (Pronounced "star property".) See: "confinement property"
  under Bell-LaPadula Model.

$ ABA Guidelines

  (N) "American Bar Association (ABA) Digital Signature Guidelines"
  [ABA], a framework of legal principles for using digital
  signatures and digital certificates in electronic commerce.

$ Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1)

  (N) A standard for describing data objects. [X680]
  (C) OSI standards use ASN.1 to specify data formats for protocols.
  OSI defines functionality in layers. Information objects at higher
  layers are abstractly defined to be implemented with objects at
  lower layers. A higher layer may define transfers of abstract
  objects between computers, and a lower layer may define transfers
  concretely as strings of bits. Syntax is needed to define abstract
  objects, and encoding rules are needed to transform between
  abstract objects and bit strings. (See: Basic Encoding Rules.)
  (C) In ASN.1, formal names are written without spaces, and
  separate words in a name are indicated by capitalizing the first
  letter of each word except the first word. For example, the name
  of a CRL is "certificateRevocationList".

$ ACC

  See: access control center.

$ access

  (I) The ability and means to communicate with or otherwise
  interact with a system in order to use system resources to either
  handle information or gain knowledge of the information the system
  contains.
  (O) "A specific type of interaction between a subject and an
  object that results in the flow of information from one to the
  other." [NCS04]
  (C) In this Glossary, "access" is intended to cover any ability to
  communicate with a system, including one-way communication in
  either direction. In actual practice, however, entities outside a
  security perimeter that can receive output from the system but
  cannot provide input or otherwise directly interact with the
  system, might be treated as not having "access" and, therefore, be
  exempt from security policy requirements, such as the need for a
  security clearance.

$ access control

  (I) Protection of system resources against unauthorized access; a
  process by which use of system resources is regulated according to
  a security policy and is permitted by only authorized entities
  (users, programs, processes, or other systems) according to that
  policy. (See: access, access control service.)
  (O) "The prevention of unauthorized use of a resource, including
  the prevention of use of a resource in an unauthorized manner."
  [I7498 Part 2]

$ access control center (ACC)

  (I) A computer containing a database with entries that define a
  security policy for an access control service.
  (C) An ACC is sometimes used in conjunction with a key center to
  implement access control in a key distribution system for
  symmetric cryptography.

$ access control list (ACL)

  (I) A mechanism that implements access control for a system
  resource by enumerating the identities of the system entities that
  are permitted to access the resource. (See: capability.)

$ access control service

  (I) A security service that protects against a system entity using
  a system resource in a way not authorized by the system's security
  policy; in short, protection of system resources against
  unauthorized access. (See: access control, discretionary access
  control, identity-based security policy, mandatory access control,
  rule-based security policy.)
  (C) This service includes protecting against use of a resource in
  an unauthorized manner by an entity that is authorized to use the
  resource in some other manner. The two basic mechanisms for
  implementing this service are ACLs and tickets.

$ access mode

  (I) A distinct type of data processing operation--e.g., read,
  write, append, or execute--that a subject can potentially perform
  on an object in a computer system.

$ accountability

  (I) The property of a system (including all of its system
  resources) that ensures that the actions of a system entity may be
  traced uniquely to that entity, which can be held responsible for
  its actions. (See: audit service.)
  (C) Accountability permits detection and subsequent investigation
  of security breaches.

$ accredit $ accreditation

  (I) An administrative declaration by a designated authority that
  an information system is approved to operate in a particular
  security configuration with a prescribed set of safeguards.
  [FP102] (See: certification.)
  (C) An accreditation is usually based on a technical certification
  of the system's security mechanisms. The terms "certification" and
  "accreditation" are used more in the U.S. Department of Defense
  and other government agencies than in commercial organizations.
  However, the concepts apply any place where managers are required
  to deal with and accept responsibility for security risks. The
  American Bar Association is developing accreditation criteria for
  CAs.

$ ACL

  See: access control list.

$ acquirer

  (N) SET usage: "The financial institution that establishes an
  account with a merchant and processes payment card authorizations
  and payments." [SET1]
  (O) "The institution (or its agent) that acquires from the card
  acceptor the financial data relating to the transaction and
  initiates that data into an interchange system." [SET2]

$ active attack

  See: (secondary definition under) attack.

$ active wiretapping

  See: (secondary definition under) wiretapping.

$ add-on security

  (I) "The retrofitting of protection mechanisms, implemented by
  hardware or software, after the [automatic data processing] system
  has become operational." [FP039]

$ administrative security

  (I) Management procedures and constraints to prevent unauthorized
  access to a system. (See: security architecture.)
  (O) "The management constraints, operational procedures,
  accountability procedures, and supplemental controls established
  to provide an acceptable level of protection for sensitive data."
  [FP039]
  (C) Examples include clear delineation and separation of duties,
  and configuration control.

$ Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)

  (N) A future FIPS publication being developed by NIST to succeed
  DES. Intended to specify an unclassified, publicly-disclosed,
  symmetric encryption algorithm, available royalty-free worldwide.

$ adversary

  (I) An entity that attacks, or is a threat to, a system.

$ aggregation

  (I) A circumstance in which a collection of information items is
  required to be classified at a higher security level than any of
  the individual items that comprise it.

$ AH

  See: Authentication Header

$ algorithm

  (I) A finite set of step-by-step instructions for a problem-
  solving or computation procedure, especially one that can be
  implemented by a computer. (See: cryptographic algorithm.)

$ alias

  (I) A name that an entity uses in place of its real name, usually
  for the purpose of either anonymity or deception.

$ American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

  (N) A private, not-for-profit association of users, manufacturers,
  and other organizations, that administers U.S. private sector
  voluntary standards.
  (C) ANSI is the sole U.S. representative to the two major non-
  treaty international standards organizations, ISO and, via the
  U.S. National Committee (USNC), the International Electrotechnical
  Commission (IEC).

$ anonymous

  (I) The condition of having a name that is unknown or concealed.
  (See: anonymous login.)
  (C) An application may require security services that maintain
  anonymity of users or other system entities, perhaps to preserve
  their privacy or hide them from attack. To hide an entity's real
  name, an alias may be used. For example, a financial institution
  may assign an account number. Parties to a transaction can thus
  remain relatively anonymous, but can also accept the transaction
  as legitimate. Real names of the parties cannot be easily
  determined by observers of the transaction, but an authorized
  third party may be able to map an alias to a real name, such as by
  presenting the institution with a court order. In other
  applications, anonymous entities may be completely untraceable.

$ anonymous login

  (I) An access control feature (or, rather, an access control
  weakness) in many Internet hosts that enables users to gain access
  to general-purpose or public services and resources on a host
  (such as allowing any user to transfer data using File Transfer
  Protocol) without having a pre-established, user-specific account
  (i.e., user name and secret password).
  (C) This feature exposes a system to more threats than when all
  the users are known, pre-registered entities that are individually
  accountable for their actions. A user logs in using a special,
  publicly known user name (e.g., "anonymous", "guest", or "ftp").
  To use the public login name, the user is not required to know a
  secret password and may not be required to input anything at all
  except the name. In other cases, to complete the normal sequence
  of steps in a login protocol, the system may require the user to
  input a matching, publicly known password (such as "anonymous") or
  may ask the user for an e-mail address or some other arbitrary
  character string.

$ APOP

  See: POP3 APOP.

$ archive

   (I) (1.) Noun: A collection of data that is stored for a
  relatively long period of time for historical and other purposes,
  such as to support audit service, availability service, or system
  integrity service. (See: backup.) (2.) Verb: To store data in such
  a way. (See: back up.)
  (C) A digital signature may need to be verified many years after
  the signing occurs. The CA--the one that issued the certificate
  containing the public key needed to verify that signature--may not
  stay in operation that long. So every CA needs to provide for
  long-term storage of the information needed to verify the
  signatures of those to whom it issues certificates.

$ ARPANET

  (N) Advanced Research Projects Agency Network, a pioneer packet-
  switched network that was built in the early 1970s under contract
  to the U.S. Government, led to the development of today's
  Internet, and was decommissioned in June 1990.

$ ASN.1

  See: Abstract Syntax Notation One.

$ association

  (I) A cooperative relationship between system entities, usually
  for the purpose of transferring information between them. (See:
  security association.)

$ assurance

  (I) (1.) An attribute of an information system that provides
  grounds for having confidence that the system operates such that
  the system security policy is enforced. (2.) A procedure that
  ensures a system is developed and operated as intended by the
  system's security policy.

$ assurance level

  (I) Evaluation usage: A specific level on a hierarchical scale
  representing successively increased confidence that a target of
  evaluation adequately fulfills the requirements. (E.g., see:
  TCSEC.)

$ asymmetric cryptography

  (I) A modern branch of cryptography (popularly known as "public-
  key cryptography") in which the algorithms employ a pair of keys
  (a public key and a private key) and use a different component of
  the pair for different steps of the algorithm. (See: key pair.)
  (C) Asymmetric algorithms have key management advantages over
  equivalently strong symmetric ones. First, one key of the pair
  does not need to be known by anyone but its owner; so it can more
  easily be kept secret. Second, although the other key of the pair
  is shared by all entities that use the algorithm, that key does
  not need to be kept secret from other, non-using entities; so the
  key distribution part of key management can be done more easily.
  (C) For encryption: In an asymmetric encryption algorithm (e.g.,
  see: RSA), when Alice wants to ensure confidentiality for data she
  sends to Bob, she encrypts the data with a public key provided by
  Bob. Only Bob has the matching private key that is needed to
  decrypt the data.
  (C) For signature: In an asymmetric digital signature algorithm
  (e.g., see: DSA), when Alice wants to ensure data integrity or
  provide authentication for data she sends to Bob, she uses her
  private key to sign the data (i.e., create a digital signature
  based on the data). To verify the signature, Bob uses the matching
  public key that Alice has provided.
  (C) For key agreement: In an asymmetric key agreement algorithm
  (e.g., see: Diffie-Hellman), Alice and Bob each send their own
  public key to the other person. Then each uses their own private
  key and the other's public key to compute the new key value.

$ attack

  (I) An assault on system security that derives from an intelligent
  threat, i.e., an intelligent act that is a deliberate attempt
  (especially in the sense of a method or technique) to evade
  security services and violate the security policy of a system.
  (See: penetration, violation, vulnerability.)
   - Active vs. passive: An "active attack" attempts to alter system
     resources or affect their operation. A "passive attack"
     attempts to learn or make use of information from the system
     but does not affect system resources. (E.g., see: wiretapping.)
   - Insider vs. outsider: An "inside attack" is an attack initiated
     by an entity inside the security perimeter (an "insider"),
     i.e., an entity that is authorized to access system resources
     but uses them in a way not approved by those who granted the
     authorization. An "outside attack" is initiated from outside
     the perimeter, by an unauthorized or illegitimate user of the
     system (an "outsider"). In the Internet, potential outside
     attackers range from amateur pranksters to organized criminals,
     international terrorists, and hostile governments.
  (C) The term "attack" relates to some other basic security terms
  as shown in the following diagram:
  + - - - - - - - - - - - - +  + - - - - +  + - - - - - - - - - - -+
  | An Attack:              |  |Counter- |  | A System Resource:   |
  | i.e., A Threat Action   |  | measure |  | Target of the Attack |
  | +----------+            |  |         |  | +-----------------+  |
  | | Attacker |<==================||<=========                 |  |
  | |   i.e.,  |   Passive  |  |         |  | |  Vulnerability  |  |
  | | A Threat |<=================>||<========>                 |  |
  | |  Agent   |  or Active |  |         |  | +-------|||-------+  |
  | +----------+   Attack   |  |         |  |         VVV          |
  |                         |  |         |  | Threat Consequences  |
  + - - - - - - - - - - - - +  + - - - - +  + - - - - - - - - - - -+

$ attribute authority

  (I) A CA that issues attribute certificates.
  (O) "An authority, trusted by the verifier to delegate privilege,
  which issues attribute certificates." [FPDAM]

$ attribute certificate

  (I) A digital certificate that binds a set of descriptive data
  items, other than a public key, either directly to a subject name
  or to the identifier of another certificate that is a public-key
  certificate. [X509]
  (O) "A set of attributes of a user together with some other
  information, rendered unforgeable by the digital signature created
  using the private key of the CA which issued it." [X509]
  (O) "A data structure that includes some attribute values and
  identification information about the owner of the attribute
  certificate, all digitally signed by an Attribute Authority. This
  authority's signature serves as the guarantee of the binding
  between the attributes and their owner." [FPDAM]
  (C) A public-key certificate binds a subject name to a public key
  value, along with information needed to perform certain
  cryptographic functions. Other attributes of a subject, such as a
  security clearance, may be certified in a separate kind of digital
  certificate, called an attribute certificate. A subject may have
  multiple attribute certificates associated with its name or with
  each of its public-key certificates.
  (C) An attribute certificate might be issued to a subject in the
  following situations:
   - Different lifetimes: When the lifetime of an attribute binding
     is shorter than that of the related public-key certificate, or
     when it is desirable not to need to revoke a subject's public
     key just to revoke an attribute.
   - Different authorities: When the authority responsible for the
     attributes is different than the one that issues the public-key
     certificate for the subject. (There is no requirement that an
     attribute certificate be issued by the same CA that issued the
     associated public-key certificate.)

$ audit service

  (I) A security service that records information needed to
  establish accountability for system events and for the actions of
  system entities that cause them. (See: security audit.)

$ audit trail

  See: security audit trail.

$ AUTH

  See: POP3 AUTH.

$ authentic signature

  (I) A signature (particularly a digital signature) that can be
  trusted because it can be verified. (See: validate vs. verify.)

$ authenticate

  (I) Verify (i.e., establish the truth of) an identity claimed by
  or for a system entity. (See: authentication.)
  (D) In general English usage, this term usually means "to prove
  genuine" (e.g., an art expert authenticates a Michelangelo
  painting). But the recommended definition carries a much narrower
  meaning. For example, to be precise, an ISD SHOULD NOT say "the
  host authenticates each received datagram". Instead, the ISD
  SHOULD say "the host authenticates the origin of each received
  datagram". In most cases, we also can say "and verifies the
  datagram's integrity", because that is usually implied. (See:
  ("relationship between data integrity service and authentication
  services" under) data integrity service.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT talk about authenticating a digital signature
  or digital certificate. Instead, we "sign" and then "verify"
  digital signatures, and we "issue" and then "validate" digital
  certificates. (See: validate vs. verify.)

$ authentication

  (I) The process of verifying an identity claimed by or for a
  system entity. (See: authenticate, authentication exchange,
  authentication information, credential, data origin
  authentication, peer entity authentication.)
  (C) An authentication process consists of two steps:
  1. Identification step: Presenting an identifier to the security
     system. (Identifiers should be assigned carefully, because
     authenticated identities are the basis for other security
     services, such as access control service.)
  2. Verification step: Presenting or generating authentication
     information that corroborates the binding between the entity
     and the identifier. (See: verification.)
  (C) See: ("relationship between data integrity service and
  authentication services" under) data integrity service.

$ authentication code

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for any form of
  checksum, whether cryptographic or not. The word "authentication"
  is misleading because the mechanism involved usually serves a data
  integrity function rather than an authentication function, and the
  word "code" is misleading because it implies that either encoding
  or encryption is involved or that the term refers to computer
  software. (See: message authentication code.)

$ authentication exchange

  (I) A mechanism to verify the identity of an entity by means of
  information exchange.
  (O) "A mechanism intended to ensure the identity of an entity by
  means of information exchange." [I7498 Part 2]

$ Authentication Header (AH)

  (I) An Internet IPsec protocol [R2402] designed to provide
  connectionless data integrity service and data origin
  authentication service for IP datagrams, and (optionally) to
  provide protection against replay attacks.
  (C) Replay protection may be selected by the receiver when a
  security association is established. AH authenticates upper-layer
  protocol data units and as much of the IP header as possible.
  However, some IP header fields may change in transit, and the
  value of these fields, when the packet arrives at the receiver,
  may not be predictable by the sender. Thus, the values of such
  fields cannot be protected end-to-end by AH; protection of the IP
  header by AH is only partial when such fields are present.
  (C) AH may be used alone, or in combination with the IPsec ESP
  protocol, or in a nested fashion with tunneling. Security services
  can be provided between a pair of communicating hosts, between a
  pair of communicating security gateways, or between a host and a
  gateway. ESP can provide the same security services as AH, and ESP
  can also provide data confidentiality service. The main difference
  between authentication services provided by ESP and AH is the
  extent of the coverage; ESP does not protect IP header fields
  unless they are encapsulated by AH.

$ authentication information

  (I) Information used to verify an identity claimed by or for an
  entity. (See: authentication, credential.)
  (C) Authentication information may exist as, or be derived from,
  one of the following:
   - Something the entity knows. (See: password).
   - Something the entity possesses. (See: token.)
   - Something the entity is. (See: biometric authentication.)

$ authentication service

  (I) A security service that verifies an identity claimed by or for
  an entity. (See: authentication.)
  (C) In a network, there are two general forms of authentication
  service: data origin authentication service and peer entity
  authentication service.

$ authenticity

  (I) The property of being genuine and able to be verified and be
  trusted. (See: authenticate, authentication, validate vs. verify)

$ authority

  (D) "An entity, responsible for the issuance of certificates."
  [FPDAM]
  (C) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for AA, CA, RA,
  ORA, or similar terms, because it may cause confusion. Instead,
  use the full term at the first instance of usage and then, if it
  is necessary to shorten text, use the style of abbreviation
  defined in this Glossary.
  (C) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this definition for any PKI entity,
  because the definition is ambiguous with regard to whether the
  entity actually issues certificates (e.g., attribute authority or
  certification authority) or just has accountability for processes
  that precede or follow signing (e.g., registration authority).
  (See: issue.)

$ authority certificate

  (D) "A certificate issued to an authority (e.g. either to a
  certification authority or to an attribute authority)." [FPDAM]
  (See: authority.)
  (C) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term or definition because they are
  ambiguous with regard to which specific types of PKI entities they
  address.

$ authority revocation list (ARL)

  (I) A data structure that enumerates digital certificates that
  were issued to CAs but have been invalidated by their issuer prior
  to when they were scheduled to expire. (See: certificate
  expiration, X.509 authority revocation list.)
  (O) "A revocation list containing a list of public-key
  certificates issued to authorities, which are no longer considered
  valid by the certificate issuer." [FPDAM]

$ authorization $ authorize

  (I) (1.) An "authorization" is a right or a permission that is
  granted to a system entity to access a system resource. (2.) An
  "authorization process" is a procedure for granting such rights.
  (3.) To "authorize" means to grant such a right or permission.
  (See: privilege.)
  (O) SET usage: "The process by which a properly appointed person
  or persons grants permission to perform some action on behalf of
  an organization. This process assesses transaction risk, confirms
  that a given transaction does not raise the account holder's debt
  above the account's credit limit, and reserves the specified
  amount of credit. (When a merchant obtains authorization, payment
  for the authorized amount is guaranteed--provided, of course, that
  the merchant followed the rules associated with the authorization
  process.)" [SET2]

$ automated information system

  (I) An organized assembly of resources and procedures--i.e.,
  computing and communications equipment and services, with their
  supporting facilities and personnel--that collect, record,
  process, store, transport, retrieve, or display information to
  accomplish a specified set of functions.

$ availability

  (I) The property of a system or a system resource being accessible
  and usable upon demand by an authorized system entity, according
  to performance specifications for the system; i.e., a system is
  available if it provides services according to the system design
  whenever users request them. (See: critical, denial of service,
  reliability, survivability.)
  (O) "The property of being accessible and usable upon demand by an
  authorized entity." [I7498 Part 2]

$ availability service

  (I) A security service that protects a system to ensure its
  availability.
  (C) This service addresses the security concerns raised by denial-
  of-service attacks. It depends on proper management and control of
  system resources, and thus depends on access control service and
  other security services.

$ back door

  (I) A hardware or software mechanism that (a) provides access to a
  system and its resources by other than the usual procedure, (b)
  was deliberately left in place by the system's designers or
  maintainers, and (c) usually is not publicly known. (See: trap
  door.)
  (C) For example, a way to access a computer other than through a
  normal login. Such access paths do not necessarily have malicious
  intent; e.g., operating systems sometimes are shipped by the
  manufacturer with privileged accounts intended for use by field
  service technicians or the vendor's maintenance programmers. (See:
  trap door.)

$ back up vs. backup

  (I) Verb "back up": To store data for the purpose of creating a
  backup copy. (See: archive.)
  (I) Noun/adjective "backup": (1.) A reserve copy of data that is
  stored separately from the original, for use if the original
  becomes lost or damaged. (See: archive.) (2.) Alternate means to
  permit performance of system functions despite a disaster to
  system resources. (See: contingency plan.)

$ baggage

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term to describe a data element
  except when stated as "SET(trademark) baggage" with the following
  meaning:
  (O) SET usage: An "opaque encrypted tuple, which is included in a
  SET message but appended as external data to the PKCS encapsulated
  data. This avoids superencryption of the previously encrypted
  tuple, but guarantees linkage with the PKCS portion of the
  message." [SET2]

$ bandwidth

  (I) Commonly used to mean the capacity of a communication channel
  to pass data through the channel in a given amount of time.
  Usually expressed in bits per second.

$ bank identification number (BIN)

  (N) The digits of a credit card number that identify the issuing
  bank. (See: primary account number.)
  (O) SET usage: The first six digits of a primary account number.

$ Basic Encoding Rules (BER)

  (I) A standard for representing ASN.1 data types as strings of
  octets. [X690] (See: Distinguished Encoding Rules.)

$ bastion host

  (I) A strongly protected computer that is in a network protected
  by a firewall (or is part of a firewall) and is the only host (or
  one of only a few hosts) in the network that can be directly
  accessed from networks on the other side of the firewall.
  (C) Filtering routers in a firewall typically restrict traffic
  from the outside network to reaching just one host, the bastion
  host, which usually is part of the firewall. Since only this one
  host can be directly attacked, only this one host needs to be very
  strongly protected, so security can be maintained more easily and
  less expensively. However, to allow legitimate internal and
  external users to access application resources through the
  firewall, higher layer protocols and services need to be relayed
  and forwarded by the bastion host. Some services (e.g., DNS and
  SMTP) have forwarding built in; other services (e.g., TELNET and
  FTP) require a proxy server on the bastion host.

$ BCA

  See: brand certification authority.

$ BCI

  See: brand CRL identifier.

$ Bell-LaPadula Model

  (N) A formal, mathematical, state-transition model of security
  policy for multilevel-secure computer systems. [Bell]
  (C) The model separates computer system elements into a set of
  subjects and a set of objects. To determine whether or not a
  subject is authorized for a particular access mode on an object,
  the clearance of the subject is compared to the classification of
  the object. The model defines the notion of a "secure state", in
  which the only permitted access modes of subjects to objects are
  in accordance with a specified security policy. It is proven that
  each state transition preserves security by moving from secure
  state to secure state, thereby proving that the system is secure.
  (C) In this model, a multilevel-secure system satisfies several
  rules, including the following:
   - "Confinement property" (also called "*-property", pronounced
     "star property"): A subject has write access to an object only
     if classification of the object dominates the clearance of the
     subject.
   - "Simple security property": A subject has read access to an
     object only if the clearance of the subject dominates the
     classification of the object.
   - "Tranquillity property": The classification of an object does
     not change while the object is being processed by the system.

$ BER

  See: Basic Encoding Rules.

$ beyond A1

  (O) (1.) Formally, a level of security assurance that is beyond
  the highest level of criteria specified by the TCSEC. (2.)
  Informally, a level of trust so high that it cannot be provided or
  verified by currently available assurance methods, and
  particularly not by currently available formal methods.

$ BIN

  See: bank identification number.

$ bind

  (I) To inseparably associate by applying some mechanism, such as
  when a CA uses a digital signature to bind together a subject and
  a public key in a public-key certificate.

$ biometric authentication

  (I) A method of generating authentication information for a person
  by digitizing measurements of a physical characteristic, such as a
  fingerprint, a hand shape, a retina pattern, a speech pattern
  (voiceprint), or handwriting.

$ bit

  (I) The smallest unit of information storage; a contraction of the
  term "binary digit"; one of two symbols--"0" (zero) and "1" (one)
  --that are used to represent binary numbers.

$ BLACK

  (I) Designation for information system equipment or facilities
  that handle (and for data that contains) only ciphertext (or,
  depending on the context, only unclassified information), and for
  such data itself. This term derives from U.S. Government COMSEC
  terminology. (See: RED, RED/BLACK separation.)

$ block cipher

  (I) An encryption algorithm that breaks plaintext into fixed-size
  segments and uses the same key to transform each plaintext segment
  into a fixed-size segment of ciphertext. (See: mode, stream
  cipher.)
  (C) For example, Blowfish, DEA, IDEA, RC2, and SKIPJACK. However,
  a block cipher can be adapted to have a different external
  interface, such as that of a stream cipher, by using a mode of
  operation to "package" the basic algorithm.

$ Blowfish

  (N) A symmetric block cipher with variable-length key (32 to 448
  bits) designed in 1993 by Bruce Schneier as an unpatented,
  license-free, royalty-free replacement for DES or IDEA. [Schn]

$ brand

  (I) A distinctive mark or name that identifies a product or
  business entity.
  (O) SET usage: The name of a payment card. Financial institutions
  and other companies have founded payment card brands, protect and
  advertise the brands, establish and enforce rules for use and
  acceptance of their payment cards, and provide networks to
  interconnect the financial institutions. These brands combine the
  roles of issuer and acquirer in interactions with cardholders and
  merchants. [SET1]

$ brand certification authority (BCA)

  (O) SET usage: A CA owned by a payment card brand, such as
  MasterCard, Visa, or American Express. [SET2] (See: certification
  hierarchy, SET.)

$ brand CRL identifier (BCI)

  (O) SET usage: A digitally signed list, issued by a BCA, of the
  names of CAs for which CRLs need to be processed when verifying
  signatures in SET messages. [SET2]

$ break

  (I) Cryptographic usage: To successfully perform cryptanalysis and
  thus succeed in decrypting data or performing some other
  cryptographic function, without initially having knowledge of the
  key that the function requires. (This term applies to encrypted
  data or, more generally, to a cryptographic algorithm or
  cryptographic system.)

$ bridge

  (I) A computer that is a gateway between two networks (usually two
  LANs) at OSI layer 2. (See: router.)

$ British Standard 7799

  (N) Part 1 is a standard code of practice and provides guidance on
  how to secure an information system. Part 2 specifies the
  management framework, objectives, and control requirements for
  information security management systems [B7799]. The certification
  scheme works like ISO 9000. It is in use in the UK, the
  Netherlands, Australia, and New Zealand and might be proposed as
  an ISO standard or adapted to be part of the Common Criteria.

$ browser

  (I) An client computer program that can retrieve and display
  information from servers on the World Wide Web.
  (C) For example, Netscape's Navigator and Communicator, and
  Microsoft's Explorer.

$ brute force

  (I) A cryptanalysis technique or other kind of attack method
  involving an exhaustive procedure that tries all possibilities,
  one-by-one.
  (C) For example, for ciphertext where the analyst already knows
  the decryption algorithm, a brute force technique to finding the
  original plaintext is to decrypt the message with every possible
  key.

$ BS7799

  See: British Standard 7799.

$ byte

  (I) A fundamental unit of computer storage; the smallest
  addressable unit in a computer's architecture. Usually holds one
  character of information and, today, usually means eight bits.
  (See: octet.)
  (C) Larger than a "bit", but smaller than a "word". Although
  "byte" almost always means "octet" today, bytes had other sizes
  (e.g., six bits, nine bits) in earlier computer architectures.

$ CA

  See: certification authority.

$ CA certificate

  (I) "A [digital] certificate for one CA issued by another CA."
  [X509]
  (C) That is, a digital certificate whose holder is able to issue
  digital certificates. A v3 X.509 public-key certificate may have a
  "basicConstraints" extension containing a "cA" value that
  specifically "indicates whether or not the public key may be used
  to verify certificate signatures."

$ call back

  (I) An authentication technique for terminals that remotely access
  a computer via telephone lines. The host system disconnects the
  caller and then calls back on a telephone number that was
  previously authorized for that terminal.

$ capability

  (I) A token, usually an unforgeable data value (sometimes called a
  "ticket") that gives the bearer or holder the right to access a
  system resource. Possession of the token is accepted by a system
  as proof that the holder has been authorized to access the
  resource named or indicated by the token. (See: access control
  list, credential, digital certificate.)
  (C) This concept can be implemented as a digital certificate.
  (See: attribute certificate.)

$ CAPI

  See: cryptographic application programming interface.

$ CAPSTONE chip

  (N) An integrated circuit (the Mykotronx, Inc. MYK-82) with a Type
  II cryptographic processor that implements SKIPJACK, KEA, DSA,
  SHA, and basic mathematical functions to support asymmetric
  cryptography, and includes the key escrow feature of the CLIPPER
  chip. (See: FORTEZZA card.)

$ card

  See: cryptographic card, FORTEZZA card, payment card, PC card,
  smart card, token.

$ card backup

  See: token backup.

$ card copy

  See: token copy.

$ card restore

  See: token restore.

$ cardholder

  (I) An entity that has been issued a card.
  (O) SET usage: "The holder of a valid payment card account and
  user of software supporting electronic commerce." [SET2] A
  cardholder is issued a payment card by an issuer. SET ensures that
  in the cardholder's interactions with merchants, the payment card
  account information remains confidential. [SET1]

$ cardholder certificate

  (O) SET usage: A digital certificate that is issued to a
  cardholder upon approval of the cardholder's issuing financial
  institution and that is transmitted to merchants with purchase
  requests and encrypted payment instructions, carrying assurance
  that the account number has been validated by the issuing
  financial institution and cannot be altered by a third party.
  [SET1]

$ cardholder certification authority (CCA)

  (O) SET usage: A CA responsible for issuing digital certificates
  to cardholders and operated on behalf of a payment card brand, an
  issuer, or another party according to brand rules. A CCA maintains
  relationships with card issuers to allow for the verification of
  cardholder accounts. A CCA does not issue a CRL but does
  distribute CRLs issued by root CAs, brand CAs, geopolitical CAs,
  and payment gateway CAs. [SET2]

$ CAST

  (N) A design procedure for symmetric encryption algorithms, and a
  resulting family of algorithms, invented by C.A. (Carlisle Adams)
  and S.T. (Stafford Tavares). [R2144, R2612]

$ category

  (I) A grouping of sensitive information items to which a non-
  hierarchical restrictive security label is applied to increase
  protection of the data. (See: compartment.)

$ CAW

  See: certification authority workstation.

$ CBC

  See: cipher block chaining.

$ CCA

  See: cardholder certification authority.

$ CCITT

  (N) Acronym for French translation of International Telephone and
  Telegraph Consultative Committee. Now renamed ITU-T.

$ CERT

  See: computer emergency response team.

$ certificate

  (I) General English usage: A document that attests to the truth of
  something or the ownership of something.
  (C) Security usage: See: capability, digital certificate.
  (C) PKI usage: See: attribute certificate, public-key certificate.

$ certificate authority

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it looks like sloppy use
  of "certification authority", which is the term standardized by
  X.509.

$ certificate chain

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it duplicates the
  meaning of a standardized term. Instead, use "certification path".

$ certificate chain validation

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it duplicates the
  meaning of standardized terms and mixes concepts in a potentially
  misleading way. Instead, use "certificate validation" or "path
  validation", depending on what is meant. (See: validate vs.
  verify.)

$ certificate creation

  (I) The act or process by which a CA sets the values of a digital
  certificate's data fields and signs it. (See: issue.)

$ certificate expiration

  (I) The event that occurs when a certificate ceases to be valid
  because its assigned lifetime has been exceeded. (See: certificate
  revocation, validity period.)

$ certificate extension

  See: extension.

$ certificate holder

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for the subject of
  a digital certificate because the term is potentially ambiguous.
  For example, the term could also refer to a system entity, such as
  a repository, that simply has possession of a copy of the
  certificate. (See: certificate owner.)

$ certificate management

  (I) The functions that a CA may perform during the life cycle of a
  digital certificate, including the following:
   - Acquire and verify data items to bind into the certificate.
   - Encode and sign the certificate.
   - Store the certificate in a directory or repository.
   - Renew, rekey, and update the certificate.
   - Revoke the certificate and issue a CRL.
  (See: archive management, certificate management, key management,
  security architecture, token management.)

$ certificate owner

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for the subject of
  a digital certificate because the term is potentially ambiguous.
  For example, the term could also refer to a system entity, such as
  a corporation, that has acquired a certificate to operate some
  other entity, such as a Web server. (See: certificate holder.)

$ certificate policy

  (I) "A named set of rules that indicates the applicability of a
  certificate to a particular community and/or class of application
  with common security requirements." [X509] (See: certification
  practice statement.)
  (C) A certificate policy can help a certificate user decide
  whether a certificate should be trusted in a particular
  application. "For example, a particular certificate policy might
  indicate applicability of a type of certificate for the
  authentication of electronic data interchange transactions for the
  trading goods within a given price range." [R2527]
  (C) A v3 X.509 public-key certificate may have a
  "certificatePolicies" extension that lists certificate policies,
  recognized by the issuing CA, that apply to the certificate and
  govern its use. Each policy is denoted by an object identifier and
  may optionally have certificate policy qualifiers.
  (C) SET usage: Every SET certificate specifies at least one
  certificate policy, that of the SET root CA. SET uses certificate
  policy qualifiers to point to the actual policy statement and to
  add qualifying policies to the root policy. (See: SET qualifier.)

$ certificate policy qualifier

  (I) Information that pertains to a certificate policy and is
  included in a "certificatePolicies" extension in a v3 X.509
  public-key certificate.

$ certificate reactivation

  (I) The act or process by which a digital certificate, which a CA
  has designated for revocation but not yet listed on a CRL, is
  returned to the valid state.

$ certificate rekey

  (I) The act or process by which an existing public-key certificate
  has its public key value changed by issuing a new certificate with
  a different (usually new) public key. (See: certificate renewal,
  certificate update, rekey.)
  (C) For an X.509 public-key certificate, the essence of rekey is
  that the subject stays the same and a new public key is bound to
  that subject. Other changes are made, and the old certificate is
  revoked, only as required by the PKI and CPS in support of the
  rekey. If changes go beyond that, the process is a "certificate
  update".
  (O) MISSI usage: To rekey a MISSI X.509 public-key certificate
  means that the issuing authority creates a new certificate that is
  identical to the old one, except the new one has a new, different
  KEA key; or a new, different DSS key; or new, different KEA and
  DSS keys. The new certificate also has a different serial number
  and may have a different validity period. A new key creation date
  and maximum key lifetime period are assigned to each newly
  generated key. If a new KEA key is generated, that key is assigned
  a new KMID. The old certificate remains valid until it expires,
  but may not be further renewed, rekeyed, or updated.

$ certificate renewal

  (I) The act or process by which the validity of the data binding
  asserted by an existing public-key certificate is extended in time
  by issuing a new certificate. (See: certificate rekey, certificate
  update.)
  (C) For an X.509 public-key certificate, this term means that the
  validity period is extended (and, of course, a new serial number
  is assigned) but the binding of the public key to the subject and
  to other data items stays the same. The other data items are
  changed, and the old certificate is revoked, only as required by
  the PKI and CPS to support the renewal. If changes go beyond that,
  the process is a "certificate rekey" or "certificate update".

$ certificate request

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it looks like imprecise
  use of a term standardized by PKCS #10 and used in PKIX. Instead,
  use the standard term, "certification request".

$ certificate revocation

  (I) The event that occurs when a CA declares that a previously
  valid digital certificate issued by that CA has become invalid;
  usually stated with a revocation date.
  (C) In X.509, a revocation is announced to potential certificate
  users by issuing a CRL that mentions the certificate. Revocation
  and listing on a CRL is only necessary before certificate
  expiration.

$ certificate revocation list (CRL)

  (I) A data structure that enumerates digital certificates that
  have been invalidated by their issuer prior to when they were
  scheduled to expire. (See: certificate expiration, X.509
  certificate revocation list.)
  (O) "A signed list indicating a set of certificates that are no
  longer considered valid by the certificate issuer. After a
  certificate appears on a CRL, it is deleted from a subsequent CRL
  after the certificate's expiry. CRLs may be used to identify
  revoked public-key certificates or attribute certificates and may
  represent revocation of certificates issued to authorities or to
  users. The term CRL is also commonly used as a generic term
  applying to all the different types of revocation lists, including
  CRLs, ARLs, ACRLs, etc." [FPDAM]

$ certificate revocation tree

  (I) A mechanism for distributing notice of certificate
  revocations; uses a tree of hash results that is signed by the
  tree's issuer. Offers an alternative to issuing a CRL, but is not
  supported in X.509. (See: certificate status responder.)

$ certificate serial number

  (I) An integer value that (a) is associated with, and may be
  carried in, a digital certificate; (b) is assigned to the
  certificate by the certificate's issuer; and (c) is unique among
  all the certificates produced by that issuer.
  (O) "An integer value, unique within the issuing CA, which is
  unambiguously associated with a certificate issued by that CA."
  [X509]

$ certificate status responder

  (N) FPKI usage: A trusted on-line server that acts for a CA to
  provide authenticated certificate status information to
  certificate users. [FPKI] Offers an alternative to issuing a CRL,
  but is not supported in X.509. (See: certificate revocation tree.)

$ certificate update

  (I) The act or process by which non-key data items bound in an
  existing public-key certificate, especially authorizations granted
  to the subject, are changed by issuing a new certificate. (See:
  certificate rekey, certificate renewal.)
  (C) For an X.509 public-key certificate, the essence of this
  process is that fundamental changes are made in the data that is
  bound to the public key, such that it is necessary to revoke the
  old certificate. (Otherwise, the process is only a "certificate
  rekey" or "certificate renewal".)

$ certificate user

  (I) A system entity that depends on the validity of information
  (such as another entity's public key value) provided by a digital
  certificate. (See: relying party.)
  (O) "An entity that needs to know, with certainty, the public key
  of another entity." [X509]
  (C) The system entity may be a human being or an organization, or
  a device or process under the control of a human or an
  organization.
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for the "subject"
  of a certificate.

$ certificate validation

  (I) An act or process by which a certificate user establishes that
  the assertions made by a digital certificate can be trusted. (See:
  valid certificate, validate vs. verify.)
  (O) "The process of ensuring that a certificate is valid including
  possibly the construction and processing of a certification path,
  and ensuring that all certificates in that path have not expired
  or been revoked." [FPDAM]
  (C) To validate a certificate, a certificate user checks that the
  certificate is properly formed and signed and currently in force:
   - Checks the signature: Employs the issuer's public key to verify
     the digital signature of the CA who issued the certificate in
     question. If the verifier obtains the issuer's public key from
     the issuer's own public-key certificate, that certificate
     should be validated, too. That validation may lead to yet
     another certificate to be validated, and so on. Thus, in
     general, certificate validation involves discovering and
     validating a certification path.
   - Checks the syntax and semantics: Parses the certificate's
     syntax and interprets its semantics, applying rules specified
     for and by its data fields, such as for critical extensions in
     an X.509 certificate.
   - Checks currency and revocation: Verifies that the certificate
     is currently in force by checking that the current date and
     time are within the validity period (if that is specified in
     the certificate) and that the certificate is not listed on a
     CRL or otherwise announced as invalid. (CRLs themselves require
     a similar validation process.)

$ certification

  (I) Information system usage: Technical evaluation (usually made
  in support of an accreditation action) of an information system's
  security features and other safeguards to establish the extent to
  which the system's design and implementation meet specified
  security requirements. [FP102] (See: accreditation.)
  (I) Digital certificate usage: The act or process of vouching for
  the truth and accuracy of the binding between data items in a
  certificate. (See: certify.)
  (I) Public key usage: The act or process of vouching for the
  ownership of a public key by issuing a public-key certificate that
  binds the key to the name of the entity that possesses the
  matching private key. In addition to binding a key to a name, a
  public-key certificate may bind those items to other restrictive
  or explanatory data items. (See: X.509 public-key certificate.)
  (O) SET usage: "The process of ascertaining that a set of
  requirements or criteria has been fulfilled and attesting to that
  fact to others, usually with some written instrument. A system
  that has been inspected and evaluated as fully compliant with the
  SET protocol by duly authorized parties and process would be said
  to have been certified compliant." [SET2]

$ certification authority (CA)

  (I) An entity that issues digital certificates (especially X.509
  certificates) and vouches for the binding between the data items
  in a certificate.
  (O) "An authority trusted by one or more users to create and
  assign certificates. Optionally, the certification authority may
  create the user's keys." [X509]
  (C) Certificate users depend on the validity of information
  provided by a certificate. Thus, a CA should be someone that
  certificate users trust, and usually holds an official position
  created and granted power by a government, a corporation, or some
  other organization. A CA is responsible for managing the life
  cycle of certificates (see: certificate management) and, depending
  on the type of certificate and the CPS that applies, may be
  responsible for the life cycle of key pairs associated with the
  certificates (see: key management).

$ certification authority workstation (CAW)

  (I) A computer system that enables a CA to issue digital
  certificates and supports other certificate management functions
  as required.

$ certification hierarchy

  (I) A tree-structured (loop-free) topology of relationships among
  CAs and the entities to whom the CAs issue public-key
  certificates. (See: hierarchical PKI.)
  (C) In this structure, one CA is the top CA, the highest level of
  the hierarchy. (See: root, top CA.) The top CA may issue public-
  key certificates to one or more additional CAs that form the
  second highest level. Each of these CAs may issue certificates to
  more CAs at the third highest level, and so on. The CAs at the
  second-lowest of the hierarchy issue certificates only to non-CA
  entities, called "end entities" that form the lowest level. (See:
  end entity.) Thus, all certification paths begin at the top CA and
  descend through zero or more levels of other CAs. All certificate
  users base path validations on the top CA's public key.
  (O) MISSI usage: A MISSI certification hierarchy has three or four
  levels of CAs:
   - A CA at the highest level, the top CA, is a "policy approving
     authority".
   - A CA at the second-highest level is a "policy creation
     authority".
   - A CA at the third-highest level is a local authority called a
     "certification authority".
   - A CA at the fourth-highest (optional) level is a "subordinate
     certification authority".
  (O) PEM usage: A PEM certification hierarchy has three levels of
  CAs [R1422]:
   - The highest level is the "Internet Policy Registration
     Authority".
   - A CA at the second-highest level is a "policy certification
     authority".
   - A CA at the third-highest level is a "certification authority".
  (O) SET usage: A SET certification hierarchy has three or four
  levels of CAs:
   - The highest level is a "SET root CA".
   - A CA at the second-highest level is a "brand certification
     authority".
   - A CA at the third-highest (optional) level is a "geopolitical
     certification authority".
   - A CA at the fourth-highest level is a "cardholder CA", a
     "merchant CA", or a "payment gateway CA".

$ certification path

  (I) An ordered sequence of public-key certificates (or a sequence
  of public-key certificates followed by one attribute certificate)
  that enables a certificate user to verify the signature on the
  last certificate in the path, and thus enables the user to obtain
  a certified public key (or certified attributes) of the entity
  that is the subject of that last certificate. (See: certificate
  validation, valid certificate.)
  (O) "An ordered sequence of certificates of objects in the [X.500
  Directory Information Tree] which, together with the public key of
  the initial object in the path, can be processed to obtain that of
  the final object in the path." [X509, R2527]
  (C) The path is the "list of certificates needed to allow a
  particular user to obtain the public key of another." [X509] The
  list is "linked" in the sense that the digital signature of each
  certificate (except the first) is verified by the public key
  contained in the preceding certificate; i.e., the private key used
  to sign a certificate and the public key contained in the
  preceding certificate form a key pair owned by the entity that
  signed.
  (C) In the X.509 quotation in the previous "C" paragraph, the word
  "particular" points out that a certification path that can be
  validated by one certificate user might not be able to be
  validated by another. That is because either the first certificate
  should be a trusted certificate (it might be a root certificate)
  or the signature on the first certificate should be verified by a
  trusted key (it might be a root key), but such trust is defined
  relative to each user, not absolutely for all users.

$ certification policy

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term. Instead, use either
  "certificate policy" or "certification practice statement",
  depending on what is meant.

$ certification practice statement (CPS)

  (I) "A statement of the practices which a certification authority
  employs in issuing certificates." [ABA96, R2527] (See: certificate
  policy.)
  (C) A CPS is a published security policy that can help a
  certificate user to decide whether a certificate issued by a
  particular CA can be trusted enough to use in a particular
  application. A CPS may be (a) a declaration by a CA of the details
  of the system and practices it employs in its certificate
  management operations, (b) part of a contract between the CA and
  an entity to whom a certificate is issued, (c) a statute or
  regulation applicable to the CA, or (d) a combination of these
  types involving multiple documents. [ABA]
  (C) A CPS is usually more detailed and procedurally oriented than
  a certificate policy. A CPS applies to a particular CA or CA
  community, while a certificate policy applies across CAs or
  communities. A CA with a single CPS may support multiple
  certificate policies, which may be used for different application
  purposes or by different user communities. Multiple CAs, each with
  a different CPS, may support the same certificate policy. [R2527]

$ certification request

  (I) A algorithm-independent transaction format, defined by PCKS
  #10 and used in PKIX, that contains a DN, a public key, and
  optionally a set of attributes, collectively signed by the entity
  requesting certification, and sent to a CA, which transforms the
  request to an X.509 public-key certificate or another type of
  certificate.

$ certify

  1. (I) Issue a digital certificate and thus vouch for the truth,
  accuracy, and binding between data items in the certificate (e.g.,
  see: X.509 public key certificate), such as the identity of the
  certificate's subject and the ownership of a public key. (See:
  certification.)
  (C) To "certify a public key" means to issue a public-key
  certificate that vouches for the binding between the certificate's
  subject and the key.
  2. (I) The act by which a CA employs measures to verify the truth,
  accuracy, and binding between data items in a digital certificate.
  (C) A description of the measures used for verification should be
  included in the CA's CPS.

$ CFB

  See: cipher feedback.

$ Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP)

  (I) A peer entity authentication method for PPP, using a randomly-
  generated challenge and requiring a matching response that depends
  on a cryptographic hash of the challenge and a secret key. [R1994]
  (See: challenge-response, PAP.)

$ challenge-response

  (I) An authentication process that verifies an identity by
  requiring correct authentication information to be provided in
  response to a challenge. In a computer system, the authentication
  information is usually a value that is required to be computed in
  response to an unpredictable challenge value.

$ Challenge-Response Authentication Mechanism (CRAM)

  (I) IMAP4 usage: A mechanism [R2195], intended for use with IMAP4
  AUTHENTICATE, by which an IMAP4 client uses a keyed hash [R2104]
  to authenticate itself to an IMAP4 server. (See: POP3 APOP.)
  (C) The server includes a unique timestamp in its ready response
  to the client. The client replies with the client's name and the
  hash result of applying MD5 to a string formed from concatenating
  the timestamp with a shared secret that is known only to the
  client and the server.

$ channel

  (I) An information transfer path within a system. (See: covert
  channel.)

$ CHAP

  See: Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol.

$ checksum

  (I) A value that (a) is computed by a function that is dependent
  on the contents of a data object and (b) is stored or transmitted
  together with the object, for the purpose of detecting changes in
  the data. (See: cyclic redundancy check, data integrity service,
  error detection code, hash, keyed hash, protected checksum.)
  (C) To gain confidence that a data object has not been changed, an
  entity that later uses the data can compute a checksum and compare
  it with the checksum that was stored or transmitted with the
  object.
  (C) Computer systems and networks employ checksums (and other
  mechanisms) to detect accidental changes in data. However, active
  wiretapping that changes data could also change an accompanying
  checksum to match the changed data. Thus, some checksum functions
  by themselves are not good countermeasures for active attacks. To
  protect against active attacks, the checksum function needs to be
  well-chosen (see: cryptographic hash), and the checksum result
  needs to be cryptographically protected (see: digital signature,
  keyed hash).

$ chosen-ciphertext attack

  (I) A cryptanalysis technique in which the analyst tries to
  determine the key from knowledge of plaintext that corresponds to
  ciphertext selected (i.e., dictated) by the analyst.

$ chosen-plaintext attack

  (I) A cryptanalysis technique in which the analyst tries to
  determine the key from knowledge of ciphertext that corresponds to
  plaintext selected (i.e., dictated) by the analyst.

$ CIAC

  See: Computer Incident Advisory Capability.

$ CIK

  See: cryptographic ignition key.

$ cipher

  (I) A cryptographic algorithm for encryption and decryption.

$ cipher block chaining (CBC)

  (I) An block cipher mode that enhances electronic codebook mode by
  chaining together blocks of ciphertext it produces. [FP081] (See:
  [R1829], [R2451].)
  (C) This mode operates by combining (exclusive OR-ing) the
  algorithm's ciphertext output block with the next plaintext block
  to form the next input block for the algorithm.

$ cipher feedback (CFB)

  (I) An block cipher mode that enhances electronic code book mode
  by chaining together the blocks of ciphertext it produces and
  operating on plaintext segments of variable length less than or
  equal to the block length. [FP081]
  (C) This mode operates by using the previously generated
  ciphertext segment as the algorithm's input (i.e., by "feeding
  back" the ciphertext) to generate an output block, and then
  combining (exclusive OR-ing) that output block with the next
  plaintext segment (block length or less) to form the next
  ciphertext segment.

$ ciphertext

  (I) Data that has been transformed by encryption so that its
  semantic information content (i.e., its meaning) is no longer
  intelligible or directly available. (See: cleartext, plaintext.)
  (O) "Data produced through the use of encipherment. The semantic
  content of the resulting data is not available." [I7498 Part 2]

$ ciphertext-only attack

  (I) A cryptanalysis technique in which the analyst tries to
  determine the key solely from knowledge of intercepted ciphertext
  (although the analyst may also know other clues, such as the
  cryptographic algorithm, the language in which the plaintext was
  written, the subject matter of the plaintext, and some probable
  plaintext words.)

$ CIPSO

  See: Common IP Security Option.

$ CKL

  See: compromised key list.

$ class 2, 3, 4, or 5

  (O) U.S. Department of Defense usage: Levels of PKI assurance
  based on risk and value of information to be protected [DOD3]:
   - Class 2: For handling low-value information (unclassified, not
     mission-critical, or low monetary value) or protection of
     system-high information in low- to medium-risk environment.
   - Class 3: For handling medium-value information in low- to
     medium-risk environment. Typically requires identification of a
     system entity as a legal person, rather than merely a member of
     an organization.
   - Class 4: For handling medium- to high-value information in any
     environment. Typically requires identification of an entity as
     a legal person, rather than merely a member of an organization,
     and a cryptographic hardware token for protection of keying
     material.
   - Class 5: For handling high-value information in a high-risk
     environment.

$ classification $ classification level

  (I) (1.) A grouping of classified information to which a
  hierarchical, restrictive security label is applied to increase
  protection of the data. (2.) The level of protection that is
  required to be applied to that information. (See: security level.)

$ classified

  (I) Refers to information (stored or conveyed, in any form) that
  is formally required by a security policy to be given data
  confidentiality service and to be marked with a security label
  (which in some cases might be implicit) to indicate its protected
  status. (See: unclassified.)
  (C) The term is mainly used in government, especially in the
  military, although the concept underlying the term also applies
  outside government. In the U.S. Department of Defense, for
  example, it means information that has been determined pursuant to
  Executive Order 12958 ("Classified National Security Information",
  20 April 1995) or any predecessor order to require protection
  against unauthorized disclosure and is marked to indicate its
  classified status when in documentary form.

$ clean system

  (I) A computer system in which the operating system and
  application system software and files have just been freshly
  installed from trusted software distribution media.
  (C) A clean system is not necessarily in a secure state.

$ clearance

  See: security clearance.

$ clearance level

  (I) The security level of information to which a security
  clearance authorizes a person to have access.

$ cleartext

  (I) Data in which the semantic information content (i.e., the
  meaning) is intelligible or is directly available. (See:
  plaintext.)
  (O) "Intelligible data, the semantic content of which is
  available." [I7498 Part 2]
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "plaintext",
  the input to an encryption operation, because the plaintext input
  to encryption may itself be ciphertext that was output from
  another operation. (See: superencryption.)

$ client

  (I) A system entity that requests and uses a service provided by
  another system entity, called a "server". (See: server.)
  (C) Usually, the requesting entity is a computer process, and it
  makes the request on behalf of a human user. In some cases, the
  server may itself be a client of some other server.

$ CLIPPER chip

  (N) The Mykotronx, Inc. MYK-82, an integrated microcircuit with a
  cryptographic processor that implements the SKIPJACK encryption
  algorithm and supports key escrow. (See: CAPSTONE, Escrowed
  Encryption Standard.)
  (C) The key escrow scheme for a chip involves a SKIPJACK key
  common to all chips that protects the unique serial number of the
  chip, and a second SKIPJACK key unique to the chip that protects
  all data encrypted by the chip. The second key is escrowed as
  split key components held by NIST and the U.S. Treasury
  Department.

$ closed security environment

  (O) U.S. Department of Defense usage: A system environment that
  meets both of the following conditions: (a) Application developers
  (including maintainers) have sufficient clearances and
  authorizations to provide an acceptable presumption that they have
  not introduced malicious logic. (b) Configuration control provides
  sufficient assurance that system applications and the equipment
  they run on are protected against the introduction of malicious
  logic prior to and during the operation of applications. [NCS04]
  (See: open security environment.)

$ code

  (I) noun: A system of symbols used to represent information, which
  might originally have some other representation. (See: encode.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as synonym for the following:
  (a) "cipher", "hash", or other words that mean "a cryptographic
  algorithm"; (b) "ciphertext"; or (c) "encrypt", "hash", or other
  words that refer to applying a cryptographic algorithm.
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT this word as an abbreviation for the following
  terms: country code, cyclic redundancy code, Data Authentication
  Code, error detection code, Message Authentication Code, object
  code, or source code. To avoid misunderstanding, use the fully
  qualified term, at least at the point of first usage.

$ color change

  (I) In a system that is being operated in periods processing mode,
  the act of purging all information from one processing period and
  then changing over to the next processing period.

$ Common Criteria $ Common Criteria for Information Technology Security

  (N) "The Common Criteria" is a standard for evaluating information
  technology products and systems, such as operating systems,
  computer networks, distributed systems, and applications. It
  states requirements for security functions and for assurance
  measures. [CCIB]
  (C) Canada, France, Germany, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom,
  and the United States (NIST and NSA) began developing this
  standard in 1993, based on the European ITSEC, the Canadian
  Trusted Computer Product Evaluation Criteria (CTCPEC), and the
  U.S. "Federal Criteria for Information Technology Security" (FC)
  and its precursor, the TCSEC. Work was done in cooperation with
  ISO/IEC Joint Technical Committee 1 (Information Technology),
  Subcommittee 27 (Security Techniques), Working Group 3 (Security
  Criteria). Version 2.1 of the Criteria is equivalent to ISO's
  International Standard 15408 [I15408]. The U.S. Government intends
  that this standard eventually will supersede both the TCSEC and
  FIPS PUB 140-1. (See: NIAP.)
  (C) The standard addresses data confidentiality, data integrity,
  and availability and may apply to other aspects of security. It
  focuses on threats to information arising from human activities,
  malicious or otherwise, but may apply to non-human threats. It
  applies to security measures implemented in hardware, firmware, or
  software. It does not apply to (a) administrative security not
  related directly to technical security, (b) technical physical
  aspects of security such as electromagnetic emanation control, (c)
  evaluation methodology or administrative and legal framework under
  which the criteria may be applied, (d) procedures for use of
  evaluation results, or (e) assessment of inherent qualities of
  cryptographic algorithms.

$ Common IP Security Option (CIPSO)

  See: (secondary definition under) Internet Protocol Security
  Option.

$ common name

  (I) A character string that (a) may be a part of the X.500 DN of a
  Directory object ("commonName" attribute), (b) is a (possibly
  ambiguous) name by which the object is commonly known in some
  limited scope (such as an organization), and (c) conforms to the
  naming conventions of the country or culture with which it is
  associated. [X520] (See: ("subject" and "issuer" under) X.509
  public-key certificate.)
  (C) For example, "Dr. E. F. Moore", "The United Nations", or
  "12-th Floor Laser Printer".

$ communication security (COMSEC)

  (I) Measures that implement and assure security services in a
  communication system, particularly those that provide data
  confidentiality and data integrity and that authenticate
  communicating entities.
  (C) Usually understood to include cryptographic algorithms and key
  management methods and processes, devices that implement them, and
  the life cycle management of keying material and devices.

$ community string

  (I) A community name in the form of an octet string that serves as
  a cleartext password in SNMP version 1. [R1157]

$ compartment

  (I) A grouping of sensitive information items that require special
  access controls beyond those normally provided for the basic
  classification level of the information. (See: category.)
  (C) The term is usually understood to include the special handling
  procedures to be used for the information.

$ compromise

  See: data compromise, security compromise.

$ compromised key list (CKL)

  (O) MISSI usage: A list that identifies keys for which
  unauthorized disclosure or alteration may have occurred. (See:
  compromise.)
  (C) A CKL is issued by an CA, like a CRL is issued. But a CKL
  lists only KMIDs, not subjects that hold the keys, and not
  certificates in which the keys are bound.

$ COMPUSEC

  See: computer security.

$ computer emergency response team (CERT)

  (I) An organization that studies computer and network INFOSEC in
  order to provide incident response services to victims of attacks,
  publish alerts concerning vulnerabilities and threats, and offer
  other information to help improve computer and network security.
  (See: CSIRT, security incident.)
  (C) For example, the CERT Coordination Center at Carnegie-Mellon
  University (sometimes called "the" CERT) and the Computer Incident
  Advisory Capability.

$ Computer Incident Advisory Capability (CIAC)

  (N) A computer emergency response team in the U.S. Department of
  Energy.

$ computer network

  (I) A collection of host computers together with the subnetwork or
  internetwork through which they can exchange data.
  (C) This definition is intended to cover systems of all sizes and
  types, ranging from the complex Internet to a simple system
  composed of a personal computer dialing in as a remote terminal of
  another computer.

$ computer security (COMPUSEC)

  (I) Measures that implement and assure security services in a
  computer system, particularly those that assure access control
  service.
  (C) Usually understood to include functions, features, and
  technical characteristics of computer hardware and software,
  especially operating systems.

$ computer security incident response team (CSIRT)

  (I) An organization "that coordinates and supports the response to
  security incidents that involve sites within a defined
  constituency." [R2350] (See: CERT, FIRST, security incident.)
  (C) To be considered a CSIRT, an organization must do as follows:
   - Provide a (secure) channel for receiving reports about
     suspected security incidents.
   - Provide assistance to members of its constituency in handling
     the incidents.
   - Disseminate incident-related information to its constituency
     and other involved parties.

$ computer security object

  (I) The definition or representation of a resource, tool, or
  mechanism used to maintain a condition of security in computerized
  environments. Includes many elements referred to in standards that
  are either selected or defined by separate user communities.
  [CSOR] (See: object identifier, Computer Security Objects
  Register.)

$ Computer Security Objects Register (CSOR)

  (N) A service operated by NIST is establishing a catalog for
  computer security objects to provide stable object definitions
  identified by unique names. The use of this register will enable
  the unambiguous specification of security parameters and
  algorithms to be used in secure data exchanges.
  (C) The CSOR follows registration guidelines established by the
  international standards community and ANSI. Those guidelines
  establish minimum responsibilities for registration authorities
  and assign the top branches of an international registration
  hierarchy. Under that international registration hierarchy the
  CSOR is responsible for the allocation of unique identifiers under
  the branch {joint-iso-ccitt(2) country(16) us(840) gov(101)
  csor(3)}.

$ COMSEC

  See: communication security.

$ confidentiality

  See: data confidentiality.

$ configuration control

  (I) The process of regulating changes to hardware, firmware,
  software, and documentation throughout the development and
  operational life of a system. (See: administrative security.)
  (C) Configuration control helps protect against unauthorized or
  malicious alteration of a system and thus provides assurance of
  system integrity. (See: malicious logic.)

$ confinement property

  See: (secondary definition under) Bell-LaPadula Model.

$ connectionless data integrity service

  (I) A security service that provides data integrity service for an
  individual IP datagram, by detecting modification of the datagram,
  without regard to the ordering of the datagram in a stream of
  datagrams.
  (C) A connection-oriented data integrity service would be able to
  detect lost or reordered datagrams within a stream of datagrams.

$ contingency plan

  (I) A plan for emergency response, backup operations, and post-
  disaster recovery in a system as part of a security program to
  ensure availability of critical system resources and facilitate
  continuity of operations in a crisis. [NCS04] (See: availability.)

$ controlled security mode

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term. It was defined in an earlier
  version of the U.S. Department of Defense policy that regulates
  system accreditation, but was subsumed by "partitioned security
  mode" in the current version. [DOD2]
  (C) The term refers to a mode of operation of an information
  system, wherein at least some users with access to the system have
  neither a security clearance nor a need-to-know for all classified
  material contained in the system. However, separation and control
  of users and classified material on the basis, respectively, of
  clearance and classification level are not essentially under
  operating system control like they are in "multilevel security
  mode".
  (C) Controlled mode was intended to encourage ingenuity in meeting
  the security requirements of Defense policy in ways less
  restrictive than "dedicated security mode" and "system high
  security mode", but at a level of risk lower than that generally
  associated with the true "multilevel security mode". This was to
  be accomplished by implementation of explicit augmenting measures
  to reduce or remove a substantial measure of system software
  vulnerability together with specific limitation of the security
  clearance levels of users permitted concurrent access to the
  system.

$ cookie

  (I) access control usage: A synonym for "capability" or "ticket"
  in an access control system.
  (I) IPsec usage: Data exchanged by ISAKMP to prevent certain
  denial-of-service attacks during the establishment of a security
  association.
  (I) HTTP usage: Data exchanged between an HTTP server and a
  browser (a client of the server) to store state information on the
  client side and retrieve it later for server use.
  (C) An HTTP server, when sending data to a client, may send along
  a cookie, which the client retains after the HTTP connection
  closes. A server can use this mechanism to maintain persistent
  client-side state information for HTTP-based applications,
  retrieving the state information in later connections. A cookie
  may include a description of the range of URLs for which the state
  is valid. Future requests made by the client in that range will
  also send the current value of the cookie to the server. Cookies
  can be used to generate profiles of web usage habits, and thus may
  infringe on personal privacy.

$ Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)

  (N) UTC is derived from International Atomic Time (TAI) by adding
  a number of leap seconds. The International Bureau of Weights and
  Measures computes TAI once each month by averaging data from many
  laboratories. (See: GeneralizedTime, UTCTime.)

$ copy

  See: card copy.

$ correctness integrity

  (I) Accuracy and consistency of the information that data values
  represent, rather than of the data itself. Closely related to
  issues of accountability and error handling. (See: data integrity,
  source integrity.)

$ correctness proof

  (I) A mathematical proof of consistency between a specification
  for system security and the implementation of that specification.
  (See: formal specification.)

$ countermeasure

  (I) An action, device, procedure, or technique that reduces a
  threat, a vulnerability, or an attack by eliminating or preventing
  it, by minimizing the harm it can cause, or by discovering and
  reporting it so that corrective action can be taken.
  (C) In an Internet protocol, a countermeasure may take the form of
  a protocol feature, an element function, or a usage constraint.

$ country code

  (I) An identifier that is defined for a nation by ISO. [I3166]
  (C) For each nation, ISO Standard 3166 defines a unique two-
  character alphabetic code, a unique three-character alphabetic
  code, and a three-digit code. Among many uses of these codes, the
  two-character codes are used as top-level domain names.

$ covert channel

  (I) A intra-system channel that permits two cooperating entities,
  without exceeding their access authorizations, to transfer
  information in a way that violates the system's security policy.
  (See: channel, out of band.)
  (O) "A communications channel that allows two cooperating
  processes to transfer information in a manner that violates the
  system's security policy." [NCS04]
  (C) The cooperating entities can be either two insiders or an
  insider and an outsider. Of course, an outsider has no access
  authorization at all. A covert channel is a system feature that
  the system architects neither designed nor intended for
  information transfer:
   - "Timing channel": A system feature that enable one system
     entity to signal information to another by modulating its own
     use of a system resource in such a way as to affect system
     response time observed by the second entity.
   - "Storage channel": A system feature that enables one system
     entity to signal information to another entity by directly or
     indirectly writing a storage location that is later directly or
     indirectly read by the second entity.

$ CPS

  See: certification practice statement.

$ cracker

  (I) Someone who tries to break the security of, and gain access
  to, someone else's system without being invited to do so. (See:
  hacker and intruder.)

$ CRAM

  See: Challenge-Response Authentication Mechanism.

$ CRC

  See: cyclic redundancy check.

$ credential(s)

  (I) Data that is transferred or presented to establish either a
  claimed identity or the authorizations of a system entity. (See:
  authentication information, capability, ticket.)
  (O) "Data that is transferred to establish the claimed identity of
  an entity." [I7498 Part 2]

$ critical

  1. (I) "Critical" system resource: A condition of a service or
  other system resource such that denial of access to (i.e., lack of
  availability of) that resource would jeopardize a system user's
  ability to perform a primary function or would result in other
  serious consequences. (See: availability, sensitive.)
  2. (N) "Critical" extension: Each extension of an X.509
  certificate (or CRL) is marked as being either critical or non-
  critical. If an extension is critical and a certificate user (or
  CRL user) does not recognize the extension type or does not
  implement its semantics, then the user is required to treat the
  certificate (or CRL) as invalid. If an extension is non-critical,
  a user that does not recognize or implement that extension type is
  permitted to ignore the extension and process the rest of the
  certificate (or CRL).

$ CRL

  See: certificate revocation list.

$ CRL distribution point

  See: distribution point.

$ CRL extension

  See: extension.

$ cross-certificate

  See: cross-certification.

$ cross-certification

  (I) The act or process by which two CAs each certify a public key
  of the other, issuing a public-key certificate to that other CA.
  (C) Cross-certification enables users to validate each other's
  certificate when the users are certified under different
  certification hierarchies.

$ cryptanalysis

  (I) The mathematical science that deals with analysis of a
  cryptographic system in order to gain knowledge needed to break or
  circumvent the protection that the system is designed to provide.
  (See: cryptology.)
  (O) "The analysis of a cryptographic system and/or its inputs and
  outputs to derive confidential variables and/or sensitive data
  including cleartext." [I7498 Part 2]
  (C) The "O" definition states the traditional goal of
  cryptanalysis--convert the ciphertext to plaintext (which usually
  is cleartext) without knowing the key--but that definition applies
  only to encryption systems. Today, the term is used with reference
  to all kinds of cryptographic algorithms and key management, and
  the "I" definition reflects that. In all cases, however, a
  cryptanalyst tries to uncover or reproduce someone else's
  sensitive data, such as cleartext, a key, or an algorithm. The
  basic cryptanalytic attacks on encryption systems are ciphertext-
  only, known-plaintext, chosen-plaintext, and chosen-ciphertext;
  and these generalize to the other kinds of cryptography.

$ crypto

  (D) Except as part of certain long-established terms listed in
  this Glossary, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this abbreviated term because
  it may be misunderstood. Instead, use "cryptography" or
  "cryptographic".

$ cryptographic algorithm

  (I) An algorithm that employs the science of cryptography,
  including encryption algorithms, cryptographic hash algorithms,
  digital signature algorithms, and key agreement algorithms.

$ cryptographic application programming interface (CAPI)

  (I) The source code formats and procedures through which an
  application program accesses cryptographic services, which are
  defined abstractly compared to their actual implementation. For
  example, see: PKCS #11, [R2628].

$ cryptographic card

  (I) A cryptographic token in the form of a smart card or a PC
  card.

$ cryptographic component

  (I) A generic term for any system component that involves
  cryptography. (See: cryptographic module.)

$ cryptographic hash

  See: (secondary definition under) hash function.

$ cryptographic ignition key (CIK)

  (I) A physical (usually electronic) token used to store,
  transport, and protect cryptographic keys. (Sometimes abbreviated
  as "crypto ignition key".)
  (C) A typical use is to divide a split key between a CIK and a
  cryptographic module, so that it is necessary to combine the two
  to regenerate a key-encrypting key and thus activate the module
  and other keys it contains.

$ cryptographic key

  (I) Usually shortened to just "key". An input parameter that
  varies the transformation performed by a cryptographic algorithm.
  (O) "A sequence of symbols that controls the operations of
  encipherment and decipherment." [I7498 Part 2]
  (C) If a key value needs to be kept secret, the sequence of
  symbols (usually bits) that comprise it should be random, or at
  least pseudo-random, because that makes the key hard for an
  adversary to guess. (See: cryptanalysis, brute force attack.)

$ Cryptographic Message Syntax (CMS)

  (I) A encapsulation syntax for digital signatures, hashes, and
  encryption of arbitrary messages. [R2630]
  (C) CMS was derived from PKCS #7. CMS values are specified with
  ASN.1 and use BER encoding. The syntax permits multiple
  encapsulation with nesting, permits arbitrary attributes to be
  signed along with message content, and supports a variety of
  architectures for digital certificate-based key management.

$ cryptographic module

  (I) A set of hardware, software, firmware, or some combination
  thereof that implements cryptographic logic or processes,
  including cryptographic algorithms, and is contained within the
  module's cryptographic boundary, which is an explicitly defined
  contiguous perimeter that establishes the physical bounds of the
  module. [FP140]

$ cryptographic system

  (I) A set of cryptographic algorithms together with the key
  management processes that support use of the algorithms in some
  application context.
  (C) This "I" definition covers a wider range of algorithms than
  the following "O" definition:
  (O) "A collection of transformations from plaintext into
  ciphertext and vice versa [which would exclude digital signature,
  cryptographic hash, and key agreement algorithms], the particular
  transformation(s) to be used being selected by keys. The
  transformations are normally defined by a mathematical algorithm."
  [X509]

$ cryptographic token

  (I) A portable, user-controlled, physical device used to store
  cryptographic information and possibly perform cryptographic
  functions. (See: cryptographic card, token.)
  (C) A smart token may implement some set of cryptographic
  algorithms and may implement related algorithms and key management
  functions, such as a random number generator. A smart
  cryptographic token may contain a cryptographic module or may not
  be explicitly designed that way.

$ cryptography

  (I) The mathematical science that deals with transforming data to
  render its meaning unintelligible (i.e., to hide its semantic
  content), prevent its undetected alteration, or prevent its
  unauthorized use. If the transformation is reversible,
  cryptography also deals with restoring encrypted data to
  intelligible form. (See: cryptology, steganography.)
  (O) "The discipline which embodies principles, means, and methods
  for the transformation of data in order to hide its information
  content, prevent its undetected modification and/or prevent its
  in encipherment and decipherment." [I7498 Part 2]

$ Cryptoki

  See: (secondary definition under) PKCS #11.

$ cryptology

  (I) The science that includes both cryptography and cryptanalysis,
  and sometimes is said to include steganography.

$ cryptonet

  (I) A group of system entities that share a secret cryptographic
  key for a symmetric algorithm.

$ cryptoperiod

  (I) The time span during which a particular key is authorized to
  be used in a cryptographic system. (See: key management.)
  (C) A cryptoperiod is usually stated in terms of calendar or clock
  time, but sometimes is stated in terms of the maximum amount of
  data permitted to be processed by a cryptographic algorithm using
  the key. Specifying a cryptoperiod involves a tradeoff between the
  cost of rekeying and the risk of successful cryptanalysis.
  (C) Although we deprecate its prefix, this term is long-
  established in COMPUSEC usage. (See: crypto) In the context of
  certificates and public keys, "key lifetime" and "validity period"
  are often used instead.

$ cryptosystem

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as an abbreviation for
  cryptographic system. (For rationale, see: crypto.)

$ CSIRT

  See: computer security incident response team.

$ CSOR

  See: Computer Security Objects Register.

$ cut-and-paste attack

  (I) An active attack on the data integrity of ciphertext, effected
  by replacing sections of ciphertext with other ciphertext, such
  that the result appears to decrypt correctly but actually decrypts
  to plaintext that is forged to the satisfaction of the attacker.

$ cyclic redundancy check (CRC)

  (I) Sometimes called "cyclic redundancy code". A type of checksum
  algorithm that is not a cryptographic hash but is used to
  implement data integrity service where accidental changes to data
  are expected.

$ DAC

  See: Data Authentication Code, discretionary access control.

$ DASS

  See: Distributed Authentication Security Service.

$ data

  (I) Information in a specific physical representation, usually a
  sequence of symbols that have meaning; especially a representation
  of information that can be processed or produced by a computer.

$ Data Authentication Algorithm

  (N) A keyed hash function equivalent to DES cipher block chaining
  with IV = 0. [A9009]
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use the uncapitalized form of this term as a
  synonym for other kinds of checksums.

$ data authentication code vs. Data Authentication Code (DAC)

  1. (N) Capitalized: "The Data Authentication Code" refers to a
  U.S. Government standard [FP113] for a checksum that is computed
  by the Data Authentication Algorithm. (Also known as the ANSI
  standard Message Authentication Code [A9009].)
  2. (D) Not capitalized: ISDs SHOULD NOT use "data authentication
  code" as a synonym for another kind of checksum, because this term
  mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. (See:
  authentication code.) Instead, use "checksum", "error detection
  code", "hash", "keyed hash", "Message Authentication Code", or
  "protected checksum", depending on what is meant.

$ data compromise

  (I) A security incident in which information is exposed to
  potential unauthorized access, such that unauthorized disclosure,
  alteration, or use of the information may have occurred. (See:
  compromise.)

$ data confidentiality

  (I) "The property that information is not made available or
  disclosed to unauthorized individuals, entities, or processes
  [i.e., to any unauthorized system entity]." [I7498 Part 2]. (See:
  data confidentiality service.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "privacy",
  which is a different concept.

$ data confidentiality service

  (I) A security service that protects data against unauthorized
  disclosure. (See: data confidentiality.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "privacy",
  which is a different concept.

$ Data Encryption Algorithm (DEA)

  (N) A symmetric block cipher, defined as part of the U.S.
  Government's Data Encryption Standard. DEA uses a 64-bit key, of
  which 56 bits are independently chosen and 8 are parity bits, and
  maps a 64-bit block into another 64-bit block. [FP046] (See: DES,
  symmetric cryptography.)
  (C) This algorithm is usually referred to as "DES". The algorithm
  has also been adopted in standards outside the Government (e.g.,
  [A3092]).

$ data encryption key (DEK)

  (I) A cryptographic key that is used to encipher application data.
  (See: key-encrypting key.)

$ Data Encryption Standard (DES)

  (N) A U.S. Government standard [FP046] that specifies the Data
  Encryption Algorithm and states policy for using the algorithm to
  protect unclassified, sensitive data. (See: AES, DEA.)

$ data integrity

  (I) The property that data has not been changed, destroyed, or
  lost in an unauthorized or accidental manner. (See: data integrity
  service.)
  (O) "The property that information has not been modified or
  destroyed in an unauthorized manner." [I7498 Part 2]
  (C) Deals with constancy of and confidence in data values, not
  with the information that the values represent (see: correctness
  integrity) or the trustworthiness of the source of the values
  (see: source integrity).

$ data integrity service

  (I) A security service that protects against unauthorized changes
  to data, including both intentional change or destruction and
  accidental change or loss, by ensuring that changes to data are
  detectable. (See: data integrity.)
  (C) A data integrity service can only detect a change and report
  it to an appropriate system entity; changes cannot be prevented
  unless the system is perfect (error-free) and no malicious user
  has access. However, a system that offers data integrity service
  might also attempt to correct and recover from changes.
  (C) Relationship between data integrity service and authentication
  services: Although data integrity service is defined separately
  from data origin authentication service and peer entity
  authentication service, it is closely related to them.
  Authentication services depend, by definition, on companion data
  integrity services. Data origin authentication service provides
  verification that the identity of the original source of a
  received data unit is as claimed; there can be no such
  verification if the data unit has been altered. Peer entity
  authentication service provides verification that the identity of
  a peer entity in a current association is as claimed; there can be
  no such verification if the claimed identity has been altered.

$ data origin authentication

  (I) "The corroboration that the source of data received is as
  claimed." [I7498 Part 2] (See: authentication.)

$ data origin authentication service

  (I) A security service that verifies the identity of a system
  entity that is claimed to be the original source of received data.
  (See: authentication, authentication service.)
  (C) This service is provided to any system entity that receives or
  holds the data. Unlike peer entity authentication service, this
  service is independent of any association between the originator
  and the recipient, and the data in question may have originated at
  any time in the past.
  (C) A digital signature mechanism can be used to provide this
  service, because someone who does not know the private key cannot
  forge the correct signature. However, by using the signer's public
  key, anyone can verify the origin of correctly signed data.
  (C) This service is usually bundled with connectionless data
  integrity service. (See: (relationship between data integrity
  service and authentication services under) data integrity service.

$ data privacy

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it mix concepts in a
  potentially misleading way. Instead, use either "data
  confidentiality" or "privacy", depending on what is meant.

$ data security

  (I) The protection of data from disclosure, alteration,
  destruction, or loss that either is accidental or is intentional
  but unauthorized.
  (C) Both data confidentiality service and data integrity service
  are needed to achieve data security.

$ datagram

  (I) "A self-contained, independent entity of data carrying
  sufficient information to be routed from the source to the
  destination." [R1983]

$ DEA

  See: Data Encryption Algorithm.

$ deception

  See: (secondary definition under) threat consequence.

$ decipher

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "decrypt",
  except in special circumstances. (See: (usage discussion under)
  encryption.)

$ decipherment

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "decryption",
  except in special circumstances. (See: (usage discussion under)
  encryption.)

$ decode

  (I) Convert encoded data back to its original form of
  representation. (See: decrypt.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "decrypt",
  because that would mix concepts in a potentially misleading way.

$ decrypt

  (I) Cryptographically restore ciphertext to the plaintext form it
  had before encryption.

$ decryption

  See: (secondary definition under) encryption.

$ dedicated security mode

  (I) A mode of operation of an information system, wherein all
  users have the clearance or authorization, and the need-to-know,
  for all data handled by the system. In this mode, the system may
  handle either a single classification level or category of
  information or a range of levels and categories. [DOD2]
  (C) This mode is defined formally in U.S. Department of Defense
  policy regarding system accreditation, but the term is also used
  outside the Defense Department and outside the Government.

$ default account

  (I) A system login account (usually accessed with a user name and
  password) that has been predefined in a manufactured system to
  permit initial access when the system is first put into service.
  (C) Sometimes, the default user name and password are the same in
  each copy of the system. In any case, when the system is put into
  service, the default password should immediately be changed or the
  default account should be disabled.

$ degauss

  (N) Apply a magnetic field to permanently remove, erase, or clear
  data from a magnetic storage medium, such as a tape or disk
  [NCS25]. Reduce magnetic flux density to zero by applying a
  reversing magnetic field.

$ degausser

  (N) An electrical device that can degauss magnetic storage media.

$ DEK

  See: data encryption key.

$ delta CRL

  (I) A partial CRL that only contains entries for X.509
  certificates that have been revoked since the issuance of a prior,
  base CRL. This method can be used to partition CRLs that become
  too large and unwieldy.

$ denial of service

  (I) The prevention of authorized access to a system resource or
  the delaying of system operations and functions. (See:
  availability, critical (resource of a system), flooding.)

$ DES

  See: Data Encryption Standard.

$ dictionary attack

  (I) An attack that uses a brute-force technique of successively
  trying all the words in some large, exhaustive list.
  (C) For example, an attack on an authentication service by trying
  all possible passwords; or an attack on encryption by encrypting
  some known plaintext phrase with all possible keys so that the key
  for any given encrypted message containing that phrase may be
  obtained by lookup.

$ Diffie-Hellman

  (N) A key agreement algorithm published in 1976 by Whitfield
  Diffie and Martin Hellman [DH76, R2631].
  (C) Diffie-Hellman does key establishment, not encryption.
  However, the key that it produces may be used for encryption, for
  further key management operations, or for any other cryptography.
  (C) The difficulty of breaking Diffie-Hellman is considered to be
  equal to the difficulty of computing discrete logarithms modulo a
  large prime. The algorithm is described in [R2631] and [Schn]. In
  brief, Alice and Bob together pick large integers that satisfy
  certain mathematical conditions, and then use the integers to each
  separately compute a public-private key pair. They send each other
  their public key. Each person uses their own private key and the
  other person's public key to compute a key, k, that, because of
  the mathematics of the algorithm, is the same for each of them.
  Passive wiretapping cannot learn the shared k, because k is not
  transmitted, and neither are the private keys needed to compute k.
  However, without additional mechanisms to authenticate each party
  to the other, a protocol based on the algorithm may be vulnerable
  to a man-in-the-middle attack.

$ digest

  See: message digest.

$ digital certificate

  (I) A certificate document in the form of a digital data object (a
  data object used by a computer) to which is appended a computed
  digital signature value that depends on the data object. (See:
  attribute certificate, capability, public-key certificate.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term to refer to a signed CRL or CKL.
  Although the recommended definition can be interpreted to include
  those items, the security community does not use the term with
  those meanings.

$ digital certification

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for
  "certification", unless the context is not sufficient to
  distinguish between digital certification and another kind of
  certification, in which case it would be better to use "public-key
  certification" or another phrase that indicates what is being
  certified.

$ digital document

  (I) An electronic data object that represents information
  originally written in a non-electronic, non-magnetic  medium
  (usually ink on paper) or is an analogue of a document of that
  type.

$ digital envelope

  (I) A digital envelope for a recipient is a combination of (a)
  encrypted content data (of any kind) and (b) the content
  encryption key in an encrypted form that has been prepared for the
  use of the recipient.
  (C) In ISDs, this term should be defined at the point of first use
  because, although the term is defined in PKCS #7 and used in
  S/MIME, it is not yet widely established.
  (C) Digital enveloping is not simply a synonym for implementing
  data confidentiality with encryption; digital enveloping is a
  hybrid encryption scheme to "seal" a message or other data, by
  encrypting the data and sending both it and a protected form of
  the key to the intended recipient, so that no one other than the
  intended recipient can "open" the message. In PCKS #7, it means
  first encrypting the data using a symmetric encryption algorithm
  and a secret key, and then encrypting the secret key using an
  asymmetric encryption algorithm and the public key of the intended
  recipient. In S/MIME, additional methods are defined for
  conveying the content encryption key.

$ Digital ID(service mark)

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "digital
  certificate" because (a) it is the service mark of a commercial
  firm, (b) it unnecessarily duplicates the meaning of other, well-
  established terms, and (c) a certificate is not always used as
  authentication information. In some contexts, however, it may be
  useful to explain that the key conveyed in a public-key
  certificate can be used to verify an identity and, therefore, that
  the certificate can be thought of as digital identification
  information. (See: identification information.)

$ digital key

  (C) The adjective "digital" need not be used with "key" or
  "cryptographic key", unless the context is insufficient to
  distinguish the digital key from another kind of key, such as a
  metal key for a door lock.

$ digital notary

  (I) Analogous to a notary public. Provides a trusted date-and-time
  stamp for a document, so that someone can later prove that the
  document existed at a point in time. May also verify the
  signature(s) on a signed document before applying the stamp. (See:
  notarization.)

$ digital signature

  (I) A value computed with a cryptographic algorithm and appended
  to a data object in such a way that any recipient of the data can
  use the signature to verify the data's origin and integrity. (See:
  data origin authentication service, data integrity service,
  digitized signature, electronic signature, signer.)
  (I) "Data appended to, or a cryptographic transformation of, a
  data unit that allows a recipient of the data unit to prove the
  source and integrity of the data unit and protect against forgery,
  e.g. by the recipient." [I7498 Part 2]
  (C) Typically, the data object is first input to a hash function,
  and then the hash result is cryptographically transformed using a
  private key of the signer. The final resulting value is called the
  digital signature of the data object. The signature value is a
  protected checksum, because the properties of a cryptographic hash
  ensure that if the data object is changed, the digital signature
  will no longer match it. The digital signature is unforgeable
  because one cannot be certain of correctly creating or changing
  the signature without knowing the private key of the supposed
  signer.
  (C) Some digital signature schemes use a asymmetric encryption
  algorithm (e.g., see: RSA) to transform the hash result. Thus,
  when Alice needs to sign a message to send to Bob, she can use her
  private key to encrypt the hash result. Bob receives both the
  message and the digital signature. Bob can use Alice's public key
  to decrypt the signature, and then compare the plaintext result to
  the hash result that he computes by hashing the message himself.
  If the values are equal, Bob accepts the message because he is
  certain that it is from Alice and has arrived unchanged. If the
  values are not equal, Bob rejects the message because either the
  message or the signature was altered in transit.
  (C) Other digital signature schemes (e.g., see: DSS) transform the
  hash result with an algorithm (e.g., see: DSA, El Gamal) that
  cannot be directly used to encrypt data. Such a scheme creates a
  signature value from the hash and provides a way to verify the
  signature value, but does not provide a way to recover the hash
  result from the signature value. In some countries, such a scheme
  may improve exportability and avoid other legal constraints on
  usage.

$ Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA)

  (N) An asymmetric cryptographic algorithm that produces a digital
  signature in the form of a pair of large numbers. The signature is
  computed using rules and parameters such that the identity of the
  signer and the integrity of the signed data can be verified. (See:
  Digital Signature Standard.)

$ Digital Signature Standard (DSS)

  (N) The U.S. Government standard [FP186] that specifies the
  Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA), which involves asymmetric
  cryptography.

$ digital watermarking

  (I) Computing techniques for inseparably embedding unobtrusive
  marks or labels as bits in digital data--text, graphics, images,
  video, or audio--and for detecting or extracting the marks later.
  (C) The set of embedded bits (the digital watermark) is sometimes
  hidden, usually imperceptible, and always intended to be
  unobtrusive. Depending on the particular technique that is used,
  digital watermarking can assist in proving ownership, controlling
  duplication, tracing distribution, ensuring data integrity, and
  performing other functions to protect intellectual property
  rights. [ACM]

$ digitized signature

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because there is no current
  consensus on its definition. Although it appears to be used mainly
  to refer to various forms of digitized images of handwritten
  signatures, the term should be avoided because it might be
  confused with "digital signature".

$ directory $ Directory

  See: directory vs. Directory.

$ Directory Access Protocol (DAP)

  (N) An OSI protocol [X519] for communication between a Directory
  User Agent (a client) and a Directory System Agent (a server).
  (See: Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.)

$ directory vs. Directory

  1. (I) Not capitalized: The term "directory" refers generically to
  a database server or other system that provides information--such
  as a digital certificate or CRL--about an entity whose name is
  known.
  2. (I) Capitalized: "Directory" refers specifically to the X.500
  Directory. (See: repository.)

$ disaster plan

  (D) A synonym for "contingency plan". In the interest of
  consistency, ISDs SHOULD use "contingency plan" instead of
  "disaster plan".

$ disclosure (i.e., unauthorized disclosure)

  See: (secondary definition under) threat consequence.

$ discretionary access control (DAC)

  (I) An access control service that enforces a security policy
  based on the identity of system entities and their authorizations
  to access system resources. (See: access control list, identity-
  based security policy, mandatory access control.)
  (C) This service is termed "discretionary" because an entity might
  have access rights that permit the entity, by its own volition, to
  enable another entity to access some resource.
  (O) "A means of restricting access to objects based on the
  identity of subjects and/or groups to which they belong. The
  controls are discretionary in the sense that a subject with a
  certain access permission is capable of passing that permission
  (perhaps indirectly) on to any other subject." [DOD1]

$ disruption

  See: (secondary definition under) threat consequence.

$ Distinguished Encoding Rules (DER)

  (N) A subset of the Basic Encoding Rules, which gives exactly one
  way to represent any ASN.1 value as an octet string [X690].
  (C) Since there is more than one way to encode ASN.1 in BER, DER
  is used in applications in which a unique encoding is needed, such
  as when a digital signature is computed on an ASN.1 value.

$ distinguished name (DN)

  (I) An identifier that uniquely represents an object in the X.500
  Directory Information Tree (DIT) [X501]. (See: domain name.)
  (C) A DN is a set of attribute values that identify the path
  leading from the base of the DIT to the object that is named. An
  X.509 public-key certificate or CRL contains a DN that identifies
  its issuer, and an X.509 attribute certificate contains a DN or
  other form of name that identifies its subject.

$ Distributed Authentication Security Service (DASS)

  (I) An experimental Internet protocol [R1507] that uses
  cryptographic mechanisms to provide strong, mutual authentication
  services in a distributed environment.

$ distribution point

  (I) An X.500 Directory entry or other information source that is
  named in a v3 X.509 public-key certificate extension as a location
  from which to obtain a CRL that might list the certificate.
  (C) A v3 X.509 public-key certificate may have a
  "cRLDistributionPoints" extension that names places to get CRLs on
  which the certificate might be listed. A CRL obtained from a
  distribution point may (a) cover either all reasons for which a
  certificate might be revoked or only some of the reasons, (b) be
  issued by either the authority that signed the certificate or some
  other authority, and (c) contain revocation entries for only a
  subset of the full set of certificates issued by one CA or (c')
  contain revocation entries for multiple CAs.

$ DN

  See: distinguished name.

$ DNS

  See: Domain Name System.

$ DOI

  See: Domain of Interpretation.

$ domain

  (I) Security usage: An environment or context that is defined by a
  security policy, security model, or security architecture to
  include a set of system resources and the set of system entities
  that have the right to access the resources. (See: domain of
  interpretation, security perimeter.)
  (I) Internet usage: That part of the Internet domain name space
  tree [R1034] that is at or below the name the specifies the
  domain. A domain is a subdomain of another domain if it is
  contained within that domain. For example, D.C.B.A is a subdomain
  of C.B.A. (See: Domain Name System.)
  (O) MISSI usage: The domain of a MISSI CA is the set of MISSI
  users whose certificates are signed by the CA.
  (O) OSI usage: An administrative partition of a complex
  distributed OSI system.

$ domain name

  (I) The style of identifier--a sequence of case-insensitive ASCII
  labels separated by dots ("bbn.com.")--defined for subtrees in the
  Internet Domain Name System [R1034] and used in other Internet
  identifiers, such as host names (e.g., "rosslyn.bbn.com."),
  mailbox names (e.g., "[email protected]."), and URLs (e.g.,
  "http://www.rosslyn.bbn.com/foo"). (See: distinguished name,
  domain.)
  (C) The domain name space of the DNS is a tree structure in which
  each node and leaf holds records describing a resource. Each node
  has a label. The domain name of a node is the list of labels on
  the path from the node to the root of the tree. The labels in a
  domain name are printed or read left to right, from the most
  specific (lowest, farthest from the root) to the least specific
  (highest, closest to the root). The root's label is the null
  string, so a complete domain name properly ends in a dot. The top-
  level domains, those immediately below the root, include COM, EDU,
  GOV, INT, MIL, NET, ORG, and two-letter country codes (such as US)
  from ISO-3166. [R1591] (See: country code.)

$ Domain Name System (DNS)

  (I) The main Internet operations database, which is distributed
  over a collection of servers and used by client software for
  purposes such as translating a domain name-style host name into an
  IP address (e.g., "rosslyn.bbn.com" is "192.1.7.10") and locating
  a host that accepts mail for some mailbox address. [R1034]
  (C) The DNS has three major components:
   - Domain name space and resource records: Specifications for the
     tree-structured domain name space, and data associated with the
     names.
   - Name servers: Programs that hold information about a subset of
     the tree's structure and data holdings, and also hold pointers
     to other name servers that can provide information from any
     part of the tree.
   - Resolvers: Programs that extract information from name servers
     in response to client requests; typically, system routines
     directly accessible to user programs.
  (C) Extensions to the DNS [R2065, R2137, R2536] support (a) key
  distribution for public keys needed for the DNS and for other
  protocols, (b) data origin authentication service and data
  integrity service for resource records, (c) data origin
  authentication service for transactions between resolvers and
  servers, and (d) access control of records.

$ domain of interpretation (DOI)

  (I) IPsec usage: An ISAKMP/IKE DOI defines payload formats,
  exchange types, and conventions for naming security-relevant
  information such as security policies or cryptographic algorithms
  and modes.
  (C) For example, see [R2407]. The DOI concept is based on work by
  the TSIG's CIPSO Working Group.

$ dominate

  (I) Security level A is said to "dominate" security level B if the
  hierarchical classification level of A is greater (higher) than or
  equal to that of B and the nonhierarchical categories of A include
  all of those of B.

$ dongle

  (I) A portable, physical, electronic device that is required to be
  attached to a computer to enable a particular software program to
  run. (See: token.)
  (C) A dongle is essentially a physical key used for copy
  protection of software, because the program will not run unless
  the matching dongle is attached. When the software runs, it
  periodically queries the dongle and quits if the dongle does not
  reply with the proper authentication information. Dongles were
  originally constructed as an EPROM (erasable programmable read-
  only memory) to be connected to a serial input-output port of a
  personal computer.

$ downgrade

  (I) Reduce the classification level of information in an
  authorized manner.

$ draft RFC

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term, because the Request for Comment
  series is archival in nature and does not have a "draft" category.
  (Instead, see: Internet Draft, Draft Standard (in Internet
  Standard).)

$ DSA

  See: Digital Signature Algorithm.

$ DSS

  See: Digital Signature Standard.

$ dual control

  (I) A procedure that uses two or more entities (usually persons)
  operating in concert to protect a system resource, such that no
  single entity acting alone can access that resource. (See: no-lone
  zone, separation of duties, split knowledge.)

$ dual signature

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term except when stated as
  "SET(trademark) dual signature" with the following meaning:
  (O) SET usage: A single digital signature that protects two
  separate messages by including the hash results for both sets in a
  single encrypted value. [SET2]
  (C) Generated by hashing each message separately, concatenating
  the two hash results, and then hashing that value and encrypting
  the result with the signer's private key. Done to reduce the
  number of encryption operations and to enable verification of data
  integrity without complete disclosure of the data.

$ EAP

  See: Extensible Authentication Protocol

$ eavesdropping

  (I) Passive wiretapping done secretly, i.e., without the knowledge
  of the originator or the intended recipients of the communication.

$ ECB

  See: electronic codebook.

$ ECDSA

  See: Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm.

$ economy of mechanism

  (I) The principle that each security mechanism should be designed
  to be as simple as possible, so that the mechanism can be
  correctly implemented and so that it can be verified that the
  operation of the mechanism enforces the containing system's
  security policy. (See: least privilege.)

$ EDI

  See: electronic data interchange.

$ EDIFACT

  See: (secondary definition under) electronic data interchange.

$ EE

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this abbreviation because of possible
  confusion among "end entity", "end-to-end encryption", "escrowed
  encryption standard", and other terms.

$ EES

  See: Escrowed Encryption Standard.

$ El Gamal algorithm

  (N) An algorithm for asymmetric cryptography, invented in 1985 by
  Taher El Gamal, that is based on the difficulty of calculating
  discrete logarithms and can be used for both encryption and
  digital signatures. [ElGa, Schn]

$ electronic codebook (ECB)

  (I) An block cipher mode in which a plaintext block is used
  directly as input to the encryption algorithm and the resultant
  output block is used directly as ciphertext [FP081].

$ electronic commerce

  (I) General usage: Business conducted through paperless exchanges
  of information, using electronic data interchange, electronic
  funds transfer (EFT), electronic mail, computer bulletin boards,
  facsimile, and other paperless technologies.
  (O) SET usage: "The exchange of goods and services for payment
  between the cardholder and merchant when some or all of the
  transaction is performed via electronic communication." [SET2]

$ electronic data interchange (EDI)

  (I) Computer-to-computer exchange, between trading partners, of
  business data in standardized document formats.
  (C) EDI formats have been standardized primarily by ANSI X12 and
  by EDIFACT (EDI for Administration, Commerce, and Transportation),
  which is an international, UN-sponsored standard primarily used in
  Europe and Asia. X12 and EDIFACT are aligning to create a single,
  global EDI standard.

$ electronic signature

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because there is no current
  consensus on its definition. (Instead, see: digital signature.)

$ elliptic curve cryptography (ECC)

  (I) A type of asymmetric cryptography based on mathematics of
  groups that are defined by the points on a curve.
  (C) The most efficient implementation of ECC is claimed to be
  stronger per bit of key (against cryptanalysis that uses a brute
  force attack) than any other known form of asymmetric
  cryptography. ECC is based on mathematics different than the kinds
  originally used to define the Diffie-Hellman algorithm and the
  Digital Signature Algorithm. ECC is based on the mathematics of
  groups defined by the points on a curve, where the curve is
  defined by a quadratic equation in a finite field. ECC can be used
  to define both an algorithm for key agreement that is an analog of
  Diffie-Hellman and an algorithm for digital signature that is an
  analog of DSA. (See: ECDSA.)

$ Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA)

  (N) A standard [A9062] that is the elliptic curve cryptography
  analog of the Digital Signature Algorithm.

$ emanation

  (I) An signal (electromagnetic, acoustic, or other medium) that is
  emitted by a system (through radiation or conductance) as a
  consequence (i.e., byproduct) of its operation, and that may
  contain information. (See: TEMPEST.)

$ emanations security (EMSEC)

  (I) Physical constraints to prevent information compromise through
  signals emanated by a system, particular the application of
  TEMPEST technology to block electromagnetic radiation.

$ emergency plan

  (D) A synonym for "contingency plan". In the interest of
  consistency, ISDs SHOULD use "contingency plan" instead of
  "emergency plan".

$ EMSEC

  See: emanations security.

$ EMV

  (I) An abbreviation of "Europay, MasterCard, Visa". Refers to a
  specification for smart cards that are used as payment cards, and
  for related terminals and applications. [EMV1, EMV2, EMV3]

$ Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP)

  (I) An Internet IPsec protocol [R2406] designed to provide a mix
  of security services--especially data confidentiality service--in
  the Internet Protocol. (See: Authentication Header.)
  (C) ESP may be used alone, or in combination with the IPsec AH
  protocol, or in a nested fashion with tunneling. Security services
  can be provided between a pair of communicating hosts, between a
  pair of communicating security gateways, or between a host and a
  gateway. The ESP header is encapsulated by the IP header, and the
  ESP header encapsulates either the upper layer protocol header
  (transport mode) or an IP header (tunnel mode). ESP can provide
  data confidentiality service, data origin authentication service,
  connectionless data integrity service, an anti-replay service, and
  limited traffic flow confidentiality. The set of services depends
  on the placement of the implementation and on options selected
  when the security association is established.

$ encipher

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "encrypt".
  However, see the usage note under "encryption".

$ encipherment

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "encryption",
  except in special circumstances that are explained in the usage
  discussion under "encryption".

$ encode

  (I) Use a system of symbols to represent information, which might
  originally have some other representation. (See: decode.)
  (C) Examples include Morse code, ASCII, and BER.
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "encrypt",
  because encoding is not usually intended to conceal meaning.

$ encrypt

  (I) Cryptographically transform data to produce ciphertext. (See:
  encryption.)

$ encryption

  (I) Cryptographic transformation of data (called "plaintext") into
  a form (called "ciphertext") that conceals the data's original
  meaning to prevent it from being known or used. If the
  transformation is reversible, the corresponding reversal process
  is called "decryption", which is a transformation that restores
  encrypted data to its original state. (See: cryptography.)
  (C) Usage note: For this concept, ISDs should use the verb "to
  encrypt" (and related variations: encryption, decrypt, and
  decryption). However, because of cultural biases, some
  international usage, particularly ISO and CCITT standards, avoids
  "to encrypt" and instead uses the verb "to encipher" (and related
  variations: encipherment, decipher, decipherment).
  (O) "The cryptographic transformation of data (see: cryptography)
  to produce ciphertext." [I7498 Part 2]
  (C) Usually, the plaintext input to an encryption operation is
  cleartext. But in some cases, the plaintext may be ciphertext that
  was output from another encryption operation. (See:
  superencryption.)
  (C) Encryption and decryption involve a mathematical algorithm for
  transforming data. In addition to the data to be transformed, the
  algorithm has one or more inputs that are control parameters: (a)
  a key value that varies the transformation and, in some cases, (b)
  an initialization value that establishes the starting state of the
  algorithm.

$ encryption certificate

  (I) A public-key certificate that contains a public key that is
  intended to be used for encrypting data, rather than for verifying
  digital signatures or performing other cryptographic functions.
  C) A v3 X.509 public-key certificate may have a "keyUsage"
  extension that indicates the purpose for which the certified
  public key is intended.

$ end entity

  (I) A system entity that is the subject of a public-key
  certificate and that is using, or is permitted and able to use,
  the matching private key only for a purpose or purposes other than
  signing a digital certificate; i.e., an entity that is not a CA.
  (D) "A certificate subject which uses its public [sic] key for
  purposes other than signing certificates." [X509]
  (C) ISDs SHOULD NOT use the X.509 definition, because it is
  misleading and incomplete. First, the X.509 definition should say
  "private key" rather than "public key" because certificates are
  not usefully signed with a public key. Second, the X.509
  definition is weak regarding whether an end entity may or may not
  use the private key to sign a certificate, i.e., whether the
  subject may be a CA. The intent of X.509's authors was that an end
  entity certificate is not valid for use in verifying a signature
  on an X.509 certificate or X.509 CRL. Thus, it would have been
  better for the X.509 definition to have said "only for purposes
  other than signing certificates".
  (C) Despite the problems in the X.509 definition, the term itself
  is useful in describing applications of asymmetric cryptography.
  The way the term is used in X.509 implies that it was meant to be
  defined, as we have done here, relative to roles that an entity
  (which is associated with an OSI end system) is playing or is
  permitted to play in applications of asymmetric cryptography other
  than the PKI that supports applications.
  (C) Whether a subject can play both CA and non-CA roles, with
  either the same or different certificates, is a matter of policy.
  (See: certification practice statement.) A v3 X.509 public-key
  certificate may have a "basicConstraints" extension containing a
  "cA" value that specifically "indicates whether or not the public
  key may be used to verify certificate signatures".

$ end system

  (I) An OSI term for a computer that implements all seven layers of
  the OSIRM and may attach to a subnetwork. (In the context of the
  Internet Protocol Suite, usually called a "host".)

$ end-to-end encryption

  (I) Continuous protection of data that flows between two points in
  a network, provided by encrypting data when it leaves its source,
  leaving it encrypted while it passes through any intermediate
  computers (such as routers), and decrypting only when the data
  arrives at the intended destination. (See: link encryption,
  wiretapping.)
  (C) When two points are separated by multiple communication links
  that are connected by one or more intermediate relays, end-to-end
  encryption enables the source and destination systems to protect
  their communications without depending on the intermediate systems
  to provide the protection.

$ end user

  (I) General usage: A system entity, usually a human individual,
  that makes use of system resources, primarily for application
  purposes as opposed to system management purposes.
  (I) PKI usage: A synonym for "end entity"; but the term "end
  entity" is preferred.

$ entity

  See: system entity.

$ entrapment

  (I) "The deliberate planting of apparent flaws in a system for the
  purpose of detecting attempted penetrations or confusing an
  intruder about which flaws to exploit." [FP039] (See: honey pot.)

$ ephemeral key

  (I) A public key or a private key that is relatively short-lived.
  (See: session key.)

$ error detection code

  (I) A checksum designed to detect, but not correct, accidental
  (i.e., unintentional) changes in data.

$ Escrowed Encryption Standard (EES)

  (N) A U.S. Government standard [FP185] that specifies use of a
  symmetric encryption algorithm (SKIPJACK) and a Law Enforcement
  Access Field (LEAF) creation method to implement part of a key
  escrow system that provides for decryption of encrypted
  telecommunications when interception is lawfully authorized.
  (C) Both SKIPJACK and the LEAF are to be implemented in equipment
  used to encrypt and decrypt unclassified, sensitive
  telecommunications data.

$ ESP

  See: Encapsulating Security Payload.

$ Estelle

  (N) A language (ISO 9074-1989) for formal specification of
  computer network protocols.

$ evaluated products list

  (O) General usage: A list of information system equipment items
  that have been evaluated against, and found to be compliant with,
  a particular set of criteria.
  (O) U.S. Department of Defense usage: The Evaluated Products List
  (http://www.radium.ncsc.mil/tpep/epl/) contains items that have
  been evaluated against the TCSEC by the NCSC, or against the
  Common Criteria by the NCSC or one of its partner agencies in
  another county. The List forms Chapter 4 of NSA's "Information
  Systems Security Products and Services Catalogue".

$ evaluated system

  (I) Refers to a system that has been evaluated against security
  criteria such as the TCSEC or the Common Criteria.

$ expire

  See: certificate expiration.

$ exposure

  See: (secondary definition under) threat consequence.

$ Extensible Authentication Protocol

  (I) A framework that supports multiple, optional authentication
  mechanisms for PPP, including cleartext passwords, challenge-
  response, and arbitrary dialog sequences. [R2284]
  (C) This protocol is intended for use primarily by a host or
  router that connects to a PPP network server via switched circuits
  or dial-up lines.

$ extension

  (I) A data item defined for optional inclusion in a v3 X.509
  public-key certificate or a v2 X.509 CRL.
  (C) The formats defined in X.509 can be extended to provide
  methods for associating additional attributes with subjects and
  public keys and for managing a certification hierarchy:
   - "Certificate extension": X.509 defines standard extensions that
     may be included in v3 certificates to provide additional key
     and security policy information, subject and issuer attributes,
     and certification path constraints.
   - "CRL extension": X.509 defines extensions that may be included
     in v2 CRLs to provide additional issuer key and name
     information, revocation reasons and constraints, and
     information about distribution points and delta CRLs.
   - "Private extension": Additional extensions, each named by an
     OID, can be locally defined as needed by applications or
     communities. (See: PKIX private extension, SET private
     extensions.)

$ extranet

  (I) A computer network that an organization uses to carry
  application data traffic between the organization and its business
  partners. (See: intranet.)
  (C) An extranet can be implemented securely, either on the
  Internet or using Internet technology, by constructing the
  extranet as a VPN.

$ fail safe

  (I) A mode of system termination that automatically leaves system
  processes and components in a secure state when a failure occurs
  or is detected in the system.

$ fail soft

  (I) Selective termination of affected non-essential system
  functions and processes when a failure occurs or is detected in
  the system.

$ failure control

  (I) A methodology used to provide fail-safe or fail-soft
  termination and recovery of functions and processes when failures
  are detected or occur in a system. [FP039]

$ Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS)

  (N) The Federal Information Processing Standards Publication (FIPS
  PUB) series issued by the U.S. National Institute of Standards and
  Technology as technical guidelines for U.S. Government
  procurements of information processing system equipment and
  services. [FP031, FP039, FP046, FP081, FP102, FP113, FP140, FP151,
  FP180, FP185, FP186, FP188]
  (C) Issued under the provisions of section 111(d) of the Federal
  Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 as amended by the
  Computer Security Act of 1987, Public Law 100-235.

$ Federal Public-key Infrastructure (FPKI)

  (N) A PKI being planned to establish facilities, specifications,
  and policies needed by the U.S. Federal Government to use public-
  key certificates for INFOSEC, COMSEC, and electronic commerce
  involving unclassified but sensitive applications and interactions
  between Federal agencies as well as with entities of other
  branches of the Federal Government, state, and local governments,
  business, and the public. [FPKI]

$ Federal Standard 1027

  (N) An U.S. Government document defining emanation, anti-tamper,
  security fault analysis, and manual key management criteria for
  DES encryption devices, primary for OSI layer 2. Was renamed "FIPS
  PUB 140" when responsibility for protecting unclassified,
  sensitive information was transferred from NSA to NIST, and then
  was superseded by FIPS PUB 140-1.

$ File Transfer Protocol (FTP)

  (I) A TCP-based, application-layer, Internet Standard protocol
  [R0959] for moving data files from one computer to another.

$ filtering router

  (I) An internetwork router that selectively prevents the passage
  of data packets according to a security policy.
  (C) A filtering router may be used as a firewall or part of a
  firewall. A router usually receives a packet from a network and
  decides where to forward it on a second network. A filtering
  router does the same, but first decides whether the packet should
  be forwarded at all, according to some security policy. The policy
  is implemented by rules (packet filters) loaded into the router.
  The rules mostly involve values of data packet control fields
  (especially IP source and destination addresses and TCP port
  numbers). [R2179]

$ financial institution

  (N) "An establishment responsible for facilitating customer-
  initiated transactions or transmission of funds for the extension
  of credit or the custody, loan, exchange, or issuance of money."
  [SET2]

$ fingerprint

  (I) A pattern of curves formed by the ridges on a fingertip. (See:
  biometric authentication, thumbprint.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "hash result"
  because it mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way.
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term with the following PGP
  definition, because the term and definition mix concepts in a
  potentially misleading way and duplicate the meaning of "hash
  result":
  (O) PGP usage: A hash result used to authenticate a public key
  (key fingerprint) or other data. [PGP]

$ FIPS

  See: Federal Information Processing Standards.

$ FIPS PUB 140-1

  (N) The U.S. Government standard [FP140] for security requirements
  to be met by a cryptographic module used to protect unclassified
  information in computer and communication systems. (See: Common
  Criteria, FIPS, Federal Standard 1027.)
  (C) The standard specifies four increasing levels (from "Level 1"
  to "Level 4") of requirements to cover a wide range of potential
  applications and environments. The requirements address basic
  design and documentation, module interfaces, authorized roles and
  services, physical security, software security, operating system
  security, key management, cryptographic algorithms,
  electromagnetic interference and electromagnetic compatibility
  (EMI/EMC), and self-testing. NIST and the Canadian Communication
  Security Establishment jointly certify modules.

$ firewall

  (I) An internetwork gateway that restricts data communication
  traffic to and from one of the connected networks (the one said to
  be "inside" the firewall) and thus protects that network's system
  resources against threats from the other network (the one that is
  said to be "outside" the firewall). (See: guard, security
  gateway.)
  (C) A firewall typically protects a smaller, secure network (such
  as a corporate LAN, or even just one host) from a larger network
  (such as the Internet). The firewall is installed at the point
  where the networks connect, and the firewall applies security
  policy rules to control traffic that flows in and out of the
  protected network.
  (C) A firewall is not always a single computer. For example, a
  firewall may consist of a pair of filtering routers and one or
  more proxy servers running on one or more bastion hosts, all
  connected to a small, dedicated LAN between the two routers. The
  external router blocks attacks that use IP to break security (IP
  address spoofing, source routing, packet fragments), while proxy
  servers block attacks that would exploit a vulnerability in a
  higher layer protocol or service. The internal router blocks
  traffic from leaving the protected network except through the
  proxy servers. The difficult part is defining criteria by which
  packets are denied passage through the firewall, because a
  firewall not only needs to keep intruders out, but usually also
  needs to let authorized users in and out.

$ firmware

  (I) Computer programs and data stored in hardware--typically in
  read-only memory (ROM) or programmable read-only memory (PROM)--
  such that the programs and data cannot be dynamically written or
  modified during execution of the programs. (See: hardware,
  software.)

$ FIRST

  See: Forum of Incident Response and Security Teams.

$ flaw hypothesis methodology

  (I) An evaluation or attack technique in which specifications and
  documentation for a system are analyzed to hypothesize flaws in
  the system. The list of hypothetical flaws is prioritized on the
  basis of the estimated probability that a flaw exists and,
  assuming it does, on the ease of exploiting it and the extent of
  control or compromise it would provide. The prioritized list is
  used to direct a penetration test or attack against the system.
  [NCS04]

$ flooding

  (I) An attack that attempts to cause a failure in (especially, in
  the security of) a computer system or other data processing entity
  by providing more input than the entity can process properly.
  (See: denial of service.)

$ flow analysis

  (I) An analysis performed on a nonprocedural formal system
  specification that locates potential flows of information between
  system variables. By assigning security levels to the variables,
  the analysis can find some types of covert channels.

$ flow control

  (I) A procedure or technique to ensure that information transfers
  within a system are not made from one security level to another
  security level, and especially not from a higher level to a lower
  level. (See: covert channel, simple security property, confinement
  property.)

$ formal specification

  (I) A specification of hardware or software functionality in a
  computer-readable language; usually a precise mathematical
  description of the behavior of the system with the aim of
  providing a correctness proof.

$ formulary

  (I) A technique for enabling a decision to grant or deny access to
  be made dynamically at the time the access is attempted, rather
  than earlier when an access control list or ticket is created.

$ FORTEZZA(trademark)

  (N) A registered trademark of NSA, used for a family of
  interoperable security products that implement a NIST/NSA-approved
  suite of cryptographic algorithms for digital signature, hash,
  encryption, and key exchange. The products include a PC card that
  contains a CAPSTONE chip, serial port modems, server boards, smart
  cards, and software implementations.

$ Forum of Incident Response and Security Teams (FIRST)

  (N) An international consortium of CSIRTs that work together to
  handle computer security incidents and promote preventive
  activities. (See: CSIRT, security incident.)
  (C) FIRST was founded in 1990 and, as of September 1999, had
  nearly 70 members spanning the globe. Its mission includes:
   - Provide members with technical information, tools, methods,
     assistance, and guidance.
   - Coordinate proactive liaison activities and analytical support.
   - Encourage development of quality products and services.
   - Improve national and international information security for
     government, private industry, academia, and the individual.
   - Enhance the image and status of the CSIRT community.

$ forward secrecy

  See: public-key forward secrecy.

$ FPKI

  See: Federal Public-Key Infrastructure.

$ FTP

  See: File Transfer Protocol.

$ gateway

  (I) A relay mechanism that attaches to two (or more) computer
  networks that have similar functions but dissimilar
  implementations and that enables host computers on one network to
  communicate with hosts on the other; an intermediate system that
  is the interface between two computer networks. (See: bridge,
  firewall, guard, internetwork, proxy server, router, and
  subnetwork.)
  (C) In theory, gateways are conceivable at any OSI layer. In
  practice, they operate at OSI layer 3 (see: bridge, router) or
  layer 7 (see: proxy server). When the two networks differ in the
  protocol by which they offer service to hosts, the gateway may
  translate one protocol into another or otherwise facilitate
  interoperation of hosts (see: Internet Protocol).

$ GCA

  See: geopolitical certificate authority.

$ GeneralizedTime

  (N) The ASN.1 data type "GeneralizedTime" (specified in ISO 8601)
  contains a calendar date (YYYYMMDD) and a time of day, which is
  either (a) the local time, (b) the Coordinated Universal Time, or
  (c) both the local time and an offset allowing Coordinated
  Universal Time to be calculated. (See: Coordinated Universal Time,
  UTCTime.)

$ Generic Security Service Application Program Interface (GSS-API)

  (I) An Internet Standard protocol [R2078] that specifies calling
  conventions by which an application (typically another
  communication protocol) can obtain authentication, integrity, and
  confidentiality security services independently of the underlying
  security mechanisms and technologies, thus allowing the
  application source code to be ported to different environments.
  (C) "A GSS-API caller accepts tokens provided to it by its local
  GSS-API implementation and transfers the tokens to a peer on a
  remote system; that peer passes the received tokens to its local
  GSS-API implementation for processing. The security services
  available through GSS-API in this fashion are implementable (and
  have been implemented) over a range of underlying mechanisms based
  on [symmetric] and [asymmetric cryptography]." [R2078]

$ geopolitical certificate authority (GCA)

  (O) SET usage: In a SET certification hierarchy, an optional level
  that is certified by a BCA and that may certify cardholder CAs,
  merchant CAs, and payment gateway CAs. Using GCAs enables a brand
  to distribute responsibility for managing certificates to
  geographic or political regions, so that brand policies can vary
  between regions as needed.

$ Green Book

  (D) Except as an explanatory appositive, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this
  term as a synonym for "Defense Password Management Guideline"
  [CSC2]. Instead, use the full proper name of the document or, in
  subsequent references, a conventional abbreviation. (See: Rainbow
  Series.)
  (D) Usage note: To improve international comprehensibility of
  Internet Standards and the Internet Standards Process, ISDs SHOULD
  NOT use "cute" synonyms for document titles. No matter how popular
  and clearly understood a nickname may be in one community, it is
  likely to cause confusion in others. For example, several other
  information system standards also are called "the Green Book". The
  following are some examples:
   - Each volume of 1992 ITU-T (at that time, CCITT) standards.
   - "PostScript Language Program Design", Adobe Systems, Addison-
     Wesley, 1988.
   - IEEE 1003.1 POSIX Operating Systems Interface.
   - "Smalltalk-80: Bits of History, Words of Advice", Glenn
     Krasner, Addison-Wesley, 1983.
   - "X/Open Compatibility Guide".
   - A particular CD-ROM format developed by Phillips.

$ GRIP

  (I) A contraction of "Guidelines and Recommendations for Security
  Incident Processing", the name of the IETF working group that
  seeks to facilitate consistent handling of security incidents in
  the Internet community. (See: security incident.)
  (C) Guidelines to be produced by the WG will address technology
  vendors, network service providers, and response teams in their
  roles assisting organizations in resolving security incidents.
  These relationships are functional and can exist within and across
  organizational boundaries.

$ GSS-API

  See: Generic Security Service Application Program Interface.

$ guard

  (I) A gateway that is interposed between two networks (or
  computers, or other information systems) operating at different
  security levels (one level is usually higher than the other) and
  is trusted to mediate all information transfers between the two
  levels, either to ensure that no sensitive information from the
  first (higher) level is disclosed to the second (lower) level, or
  to protect the integrity of data on the first (higher) level.
  (See: firewall.)

$ guest login

  See: anonymous login.

$ GULS

  (I) Generic Upper Layer Security service element (ISO 11586), a
  five-part standard for the exchange of security information and
  security-transformation functions that protect confidentiality and
  integrity of application data.

$ hacker

  (I) Someone with a strong interest in computers, who enjoys
  learning about them and experimenting with them. (See: cracker.)
  (C) The recommended definition is the original meaning of the term
  (circa 1960), which then had a neutral or positive connotation of
  "someone who figures things out and makes something cool
  happen". Today, the term is frequently misused, especially by
  journalists, to have the pejorative meaning of cracker.

$ handle

  (I) (1.) Verb: Perform processing operations on data, such as
  receive and transmit, collect and disseminate, create and delete,
  store and retrieve, read and write, and compare. (2.) Noun: An on-
  line pseudonym, particularly one used by a cracker; derived from
  citizens band radio culture.

$ hardware

  (I) The material physical components of a computer system. (See:
  firmware, software.)

$ hardware token

  See: token.

$ hash code

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term (especially not as a synonym for
  "hash result") because it mixes concepts in a potentially
  misleading way. A hash result is not a "code" in any sense defined
  by this glossary. (See: code, hash result, hash value, message
  digest.)

$ hash function

  (I) An algorithm that computes a value based on a data object
  (such as a message or file; usually variable-length; possibly very
  large), thereby mapping the data object to a smaller data object
  (the "hash result") which is usually a fixed-size value. (See:
  checksum, keyed hash.)
  (O) "A (mathematical) function which maps values from a large
  (possibly very large) domain into a smaller range. A 'good' hash
  function is such that the results of applying the function to a
  (large) set of values in the domain will be evenly distributed
  (and apparently at random) over the range." [X509]
  (C) The kind of hash function needed for security applications is
  called a "cryptographic hash function", an algorithm for which it
  is computationally infeasible (because no attack is significantly
  more efficient than brute force) to find either (a) a data object
  that maps to a pre-specified hash result (the "one-way" property)
  or (b) two data objects that map to the same hash result (the
  "collision-free" property). (See: MD2, MD4, MD5, SHA-1.)
  (C) A cryptographic hash is "good" in the sense stated in the "O"
  definition for hash function. Any change to an input data object
  will, with high probability, result in a different hash result, so
  that the result of a cryptographic hash makes a good checksum for
  a data object.

$ hash result

  (I) The output of a hash function. (See: hash code, hash value.)
  (O) "The output produced by a hash function upon processing a
  message" (where "message" is broadly defined as "a digital
  representation of data"). [ABA] (The recommended definition is
  compatible with this ABA definition, but we avoid the unusual
  definition of "message".)

$ hash value

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term (especially not as a synonym for
  "hash result", the output of a hash function) because it might be
  confused with "hashed value" (the input to a hash function). (See:
  hash code, hash result, message digest.)

$ hierarchical PKI

  (I) A PKI architecture based on a certification hierarchy. (See:
  mesh PKI, trust-file PKI.)

$ hierarchy management

  (I) The process of generating configuration data and issuing
  public-key certificates to build and operate a certification
  hierarchy.

$ hierarchy of trust

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term with regard to PKI, especially
  not as a synonym for "certification hierarchy", because this term
  mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way. (See:
  certification hierarchy, trust, web of trust.)

$ hijack attack

  (I) A form of active wiretapping in which the attacker seizes
  control of a previously established communication association.
  (See: man-in-the-middle attack, pagejacking, piggyback attack.)

$ HMAC

  (I) A keyed hash [R2104] that can be based on any iterated
  cryptographic hash (e.g., MD5 or SHA-1), so that the cryptographic
  strength of HMAC depends on the properties of the selected
  cryptographic hash. (See: [R2202, R2403, R2404].)
  (C) Assume that H is a generic cryptographic hash in which a
  function is iterated on data blocks of length B bytes. L is the
  length of the of hash result of H. K is a secret key of length L
  <= K <= B. The values IPAD and OPAD are fixed strings used as
  inner and outer padding and defined as follows: IPAD = the byte
  0x36 repeated B times, OPAD = the byte 0x5C repeated B times. HMAC
  is computed by H(K XOR OPAD, H(K XOR IPAD, inputdata)).
  (C) The goals of HMAC are as follows:
   - To use available cryptographic hash functions without
     modification, particularly functions that perform well in
     software and for which software is freely and widely available.
   - To preserve the original performance of the selected hash
     without significant degradation.
   - To use and handle keys in a simple way.
   - To have a well-understood cryptographic analysis of the
     strength of the mechanism based on reasonable assumptions about
     the underlying hash function.
   - To enable easy replacement of the hash function in case a
     faster or stronger hash is found or required.

$ honey pot

  (I) A system (e.g., a web server) or a system resource (e.g., a
  file on a server), that is designed to be attractive to potential
  crackers and intruders, like honey is attractive to bears. (See:
  entrapment.)
  (D) It is likely that other cultures have different metaphors for
  this concept. To ensure international understanding, ISDs should
  not use this term unless they also provide an explanation like
  this one. (See: (usage note under) Green Book.)

$ host

  (I) General computer network usage: A computer that is attached to
  a communication subnetwork or internetwork and can use services
  provided by the network to exchange data with other attached
  systems. (See: end system.)
  (I) Specific Internet Protocol Suite usage: A networked computer
  that does not forward Internet Protocol packets that are not
  addressed to the computer itself. (See: router.)
  (C) Derivation: As viewed by its users, a host "entertains"
  guests, providing application layer services or access to other
  computers attached to the network. However, even though some
  traditional peripheral service devices, such as printers, can now
  be independently connected to networks, they are not usually
  called hosts.

$ HTML

  See: Hypertext Markup Language.

$ HTTP

  See: Hypertext Transfer Protocol.

$ https

  (I) When used in the first part of a URL (the part that precedes
  the colon and specifies an access scheme or protocol), this term
  specifies the use of HTTP enhanced by a security mechanism, which
  is usually SSL. (See: S-HTTP.)

$ hybrid encryption

  (I) An application of cryptography that combines two or more
  encryption algorithms, particularly a combination of symmetric and
  asymmetric encryption. (E.g., see: digital envelope.)
  (C) Asymmetric algorithms require more computation than
  equivalently strong symmetric ones. Thus, asymmetric encryption is
  not normally used for data confidentiality except in distributing
  symmetric keys in applications where the key data is usually short
  (in terms of bits) compared to the data it protects. (E.g., see:
  MSP, PEM, PGP.)

$ hyperlink

  (I) In hypertext or hypermedia, an information object (such as a
  word, a phrase, or an image; usually highlighted by color or
  underscoring) that points (indicates how to connect) to related
  information that is located elsewhere and can be retrieved by
  activating the link (e.g., by selecting the object with a mouse
  pointer and then clicking).

$ hypermedia

  (I) A generalization of hypertext; any media that contain
  hyperlinks that point to material in the same or another data
  object.

$ hypertext

  (I) A computer document, or part of a document, that contains
  hyperlinks to other documents; i.e., text that contains active
  pointers to other text. Usually written in Hypertext Markup
  Language and accessed using a web browser. (See: hypermedia.)

$ Hypertext Markup Language (HTML)

  (I) A platform-independent system of syntax and semantics for
  adding characters to data files (particularly text files) to
  represent the data's structure and to point to related data, thus
  creating hypertext for use in the World Wide Web and other
  applications. [R1866]

$ Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP)

  (I) A TCP-based, application-layer, client-server, Internet
  protocol [R2616] used to carry data requests and responses in the
  World Wide Web. (See: hypertext.)

$ IAB

  See: Internet Architecture Board.

$ IANA

  See: Internet Assigned Numbers Authority.

$ ICANN

  See: Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers.

$ ICMP

  See: Internet Control Message Protocol.

$ ICMP flood

  (I) A denial of service attack that sends a host more ICMP echo
  request ("ping") packets than the protocol implementation can
  handle. (See: flooding, smurf.)

$ ICRL

  See: indirect certificate revocation list.

$ IDEA

  See: International Data Encryption Algorithm.

$ identification

  (I) An act or process that presents an identifier to a system so
  that the system can recognize a system entity and distinguish it
  from other entities. (See: authentication.)

$ Identification Protocol

  (I) An client-server Internet protocol [R1413] for learning the
  identity of a user of a particular TCP connection.
  (C) Given a TCP port number pair, the server returns a character
  string that identifies the owner of that connection on the
  server's system. The protocol is not intended for authorization or
  access control. At best, it provides additional auditing
  information with respect to TCP.

$ identity-based security policy

  (I) "A security policy based on the identities and/or attributes
  of users, a group of users, or entities acting on behalf of the
  users and the resources/objects being accessed." [I7498 Part 2]
  (See: rule-based security policy.)

$ IEEE

  See: Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.

$ IEEE 802.10

  (N) An IEEE committee developing security standards for local area
  networks. (See: SILS.)

$ IEEE P1363

  (N) An IEEE working group, Standard for Public-Key Cryptography,
  developing a comprehensive reference standard for asymmetric
  cryptography. Covers discrete logarithm (e.g., DSA), elliptic
  curve, and integer factorization (e.g., RSA); and covers key
  agreement, digital signature, and encryption.

$ IESG

  See: Internet Engineering Steering Group.

$ IETF

  See: Internet Engineering Task Force.

$ IKE

  See: IPsec Key Exchange.

$ IMAP4

  See: Internet Message Access Protocol, version 4.

$ IMAP4 AUTHENTICATE

  (I) A IMAP4 "command" (better described as a transaction type, or
  a protocol-within-a-protocol) by which an IMAP4 client optionally
  proposes a mechanism to an IMAP4 server to authenticate the client
  to the server and provide other security services. (See: POP3.)
  (C) If the server accepts the proposal, the command is followed by
  performing a challenge-response authentication protocol and,
  optionally, negotiating a protection mechanism for subsequent POP3
  interactions. The security mechanisms that are used by IMAP4
  AUTHENTICATE--including Kerberos, GSSAPI, and S/Key--are described
  in [R1731].

$ in the clear

  (I) Not encrypted. (See: cleartext.)

$ indirect certificate revocation list (ICRL)

  (I) In X.509, a CRL that may contain certificate revocation
  notifications for certificates issued by CAs other than the issuer
  of the ICRL.

$ indistinguishability

  (I) An attribute of an encryption algorithm that is a
  formalization of the notion that the encryption of some string is
  indistinguishable from the encryption of an equal-length string of
  nonsense.
  (C) Under certain conditions, this notion is equivalent to
  "semantic security".

$ information

  (I) Facts and ideas, which can be represented (encoded) as various
  forms of data.

$ Information Technology Security Evaluation Criteria (ITSEC)

  (N) Standard developed for use in the European Union; accommodates
  a wider range of security assurance and functionality combinations
  than the TCSEC. Superseded by the Common Criteria. [ITSEC]

$ INFOSEC

  (I) Abbreviation for "information security", referring to security
  measures that implement and assure security services in computer
  systems (i.e., COMPUSEC) and communication systems (i.e., COMSEC).

$ initialization value (IV)

  (I) An input parameter that sets the starting state of a
  cryptographic algorithm or mode. (Sometimes called "initialization
  vector" or "message indicator".)
  (C) An IV can be used to introduce cryptographic variance in
  addition to that provided by a key (see: salt), and to synchronize
  one cryptographic process with another. For an example of the
  latter, cipher block chaining mode requires an IV. [R2405]

$ initialization vector

  (D) For consistency, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym
  for "initialization value".

$ insider attack

  See: (secondary definition under) attack.

$ Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE)

  (N) The IEEE is a not-for-profit association of more than 330,000
  individual members in 150 countries. The IEEE produces 30 percent
  of the world's published literature in electrical engineering,
  computers, and control technology; holds annually more than 300
  major conferences; and has more than 800 active standards with 700
  under development. (See: Standards for Interoperable LAN/MAN
  Security.)

$ integrity

  See: data integrity, correctness integrity, source integrity,
  system integrity.

$ integrity check

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "cryptographic
  hash" or "protected checksum", because this term unnecessarily
  duplicates the meaning of other, well-established terms.

$ intelligent threat

  (I) A circumstance in which an adversary has the technical and
  operational capability to detect and exploit a vulnerability and
  also has the demonstrated, presumed, or inferred intent to do so.
  (See: threat.)

$ International Data Encryption Algorithm (IDEA)

  (N) A patented, symmetric block cipher that uses a 128-bit key and
  operates on 64-bit blocks. [Schn] (See: symmetric cryptography.)

$ International Standard

  See: (secondary definition under) ISO.

$ International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR)

  (N) Rules issued by the U.S. State Department, by authority of the
  Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2778), to control export and
  import of defense articles and defense services, including
  information security systems, such as cryptographic systems, and
  TEMPEST suppression technology. (See: Wassenaar Arrangement.)

$ internet $ Internet

  See: internet vs. Internet.

$ Internet Architecture Board (IAB)

  (I) A technical advisory group of the ISOC, chartered by the ISOC
  Trustees to provide oversight of Internet architecture and
  protocols and, in the context of Internet Standards, a body to
  which decisions of the IESG may be appealed. Responsible for
  approving appointments to the IESG from among nominees submitted
  by the IETF nominating committee. [R2026]

$ Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA)

  (I) From the early days of the Internet, the IANA was chartered by
  the ISOC and the U.S. Government's Federal Network Council to be
  the central coordination, allocation, and registration body for
  parameters for Internet protocols. Superseded by ICANN.

$ Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)

  (I) An Internet Standard protocol [R0792] that is used to report
  error conditions during IP datagram processing and to exchange
  other information concerning the state of the IP network.

$ Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN)

  (I) The non-profit, private corporation that has assumed
  responsibility for the IP address space allocation, protocol
  parameter assignment, domain name system management, and root
  server system management functions formerly performed under U.S.
  Government contract by IANA and other entities.
  (C) The Internet Protocol Suite, as defined by the IETF and the
  IESG, contains numerous parameters, such as internet addresses,
  domain names, autonomous system numbers, protocol numbers, port
  numbers, management information base object identifiers, including
  private enterprise numbers, and many others. The Internet
  community requires that the values used in these parameter fields
  be assigned uniquely. ICANN makes those assignments as requested
  and maintains a registry of the current values.
  (C) ICANN was formed in October 1998, by a coalition of the
  Internet's business, technical, and academic communities. The U.S.
  Government designated ICANN to serve as the global consensus
  entity with responsibility for coordinating four key functions for
  the Internet: the allocation of IP address space, the assignment
  of protocol parameters, the management of the DNS, and the
  management of the DNS root server system.

$ Internet Draft

  (I) A working document of the IETF, its areas, and its working
  groups. (Other groups may also distribute working documents as
  Internet Drafts.) An Internet Draft is not an archival document
  like an RFC is. Instead, an Internet Draft is a preliminary or
  working document that is valid for a maximum of six months and may
  be updated, replaced, or made obsolete by other documents at any
  time. It is inappropriate to use an Internet Draft as reference
  material or to cite it other than as "work in progress."

$ Internet Engineering Steering Group (IESG)

  (I) The part of the ISOC responsible for technical management of
  IETF activities and administration of the Internet Standards
  Process according to procedures approved by the ISOC Trustees.
  Directly responsible for actions along the "standards track",
  including final approval of specifications as Internet Standards.
  Composed of IETF Area Directors and the IETF chairperson, who also
  chairs the IESG. [R2026]

$ Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF)

  (I) A self-organized group of people who make contributions to the
  development of Internet technology. The principal body engaged in
  developing Internet Standards, although not itself a part of the
  ISOC. Composed of Working Groups, which are arranged into Areas
  (such as the Security Area), each coordinated by one or more Area
  Directors. Nominations to the IAB and the IESG are made by a
  committee selected at random from regular IETF meeting attendees
  who have volunteered. [R2026, R2323]

$ Internet Message Access Protocol, version 4 (IMAP4)

  (I) An Internet protocol [R2060] by which a client workstation can
  dynamically access a mailbox on a server host to manipulate and
  retrieve mail messages that the server has received and is holding
  for the client. (See: POP3.)
  (C) IMAP4 has mechanisms for optionally authenticating a client to
  a server and providing other security services. (See: IMAP4
  AUTHENTICATE.)

$ Internet Policy Registration Authority (IPRA)

  (I) An X.509-compliant CA that is the top CA of the Internet
  certification hierarchy operated under the auspices of the ISOC
  [R1422]. (See: (PEM usage under) certification hierarchy.)

$ Internet Protocol (IP)

  (I) A Internet Standard protocol (version 4 [R0791] and version 6
  [R2460]) that moves datagrams (discrete sets of bits) from one
  computer to another across an internetwork but does not provide
  reliable delivery, flow control, sequencing, or other end-to-end
  services that TCP provides. (See: IP address, TCP/IP.)
  (C) In the OSIRM, IP would be located at the top of layer 3.

$ Internet Protocol security (IPsec)

  (I) (1.) The name of the IETF working group that is specifying a
  security architecture [R2401] and protocols to provide security
  services for Internet Protocol traffic. (2.) A collective name for
  that architecture and set of protocols. (Implementation of IPsec
  protocols is optional for IP version 4, but mandatory for IP
  version 6.) (See: Internet Protocol Security Option.)
  (C) Note that the letters "sec" are lower-case.
  (C) The IPsec architecture specifies (a) security protocols (AH
  and ESP), (b) security associations (what they are, how they work,
  how they are managed, and associated processing), (c) key
  management (IKE), and (d) algorithms for authentication and
  encryption. The set of security services include access control
  service, connectionless data integrity service, data origin
  authentication service, protection against replays (detection of
  the arrival of duplicate datagrams, within a constrained window),
  data confidentiality service, and limited traffic flow
  confidentiality.

$ Internet Protocol Security Option (IPSO)

  (I) Refers to one of three types of IP security options, which are
  fields that may be added to an IP datagram for the purpose of
  carrying security information about the datagram. (See: IPsec.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term without a modifier to indicate
  which of the three types is meant.
  1. "DoD Basic Security Option" (IP option type 130): Defined for
  use on U.S. Department of Defense common user data networks.
  Identifies the Defense classification level at which the
  datagram is to be protected and the protection authorities
  whose rules apply to the datagram. [R1108]
  A "protection authority" is a National Access Program (e.g.,
  GENSER, SIOP-ESI, SCI, NSA, Department of Energy) or Special
  Access Program that specifies protection rules for transmission
  and processing of the information contained in the datagram.
  [R1108]
  2. "DoD Extended Security Option" (IP option type 133): Permits
  additional security labeling information, beyond that present
  in the Basic Security Option, to be supplied in the datagram to
  meet the needs of registered authorities. [R1108]
  3. "Common IP Security Option" (CIPSO) (IP option type 134):
  Designed by TSIG to carry hierarchic and non-hierarchic
  security labels. (Formerly called "Commercial IP Security
  Option".) Was published as Internet-Draft [CIPSO]; not advanced
  to RFC.

$ Internet Protocol Suite

  See: (secondary definition under) Internet.

$ Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol (ISAKMP)

  (I) An Internet IPsec protocol [R2408] to negotiate, establish,
  modify, and delete security associations, and to exchange key
  generation and authentication data, independent of the details of
  any specific key generation technique, key establishment protocol,
  encryption algorithm, or authentication mechanism.
  (C) ISAKMP supports negotiation of security associations for
  protocols at all TCP/IP layers. By centralizing management of
  security associations, ISAKMP reduces duplicated functionality
  within each protocol. ISAKMP can also reduce connection setup
  time, by negotiating a whole stack of services at once. Strong
  authentication is required on ISAKMP exchanges, and a digital
  signature algorithm based on asymmetric cryptography is used
  within ISAKMP's authentication component.

$ Internet Society (ISOC)

  (I) A professional society concerned with Internet development
  (including technical Internet Standards); with how the Internet is
  and can be used; and with social, political, and technical issues
  that result. The ISOC Board of Trustees approves appointments to
  the IAB from among nominees submitted by the IETF nominating
  committee. [R2026]

$ Internet Standard

  (I) A specification, approved by the IESG and published as an RFC,
  that is stable and well-understood, is technically competent, has
  multiple, independent, and interoperable implementations with
  substantial operational experience, enjoys significant public
  support, and is recognizably useful in some or all parts of the
  Internet. [R2026] (See: RFC.)
  (C) The Internet Standards Process is an activity of the ISOC and
  is organized and managed by the IAB and the IESG. The process is
  concerned with all protocols, procedures, and conventions used in
  or by the Internet, whether or not they are part of the Internet
  Protocol Suite. The "Internet Standards Track" has three levels of
  increasing maturity: Proposed Standard, Draft Standard, and
  Standard. (See: (standards levels under) ISO.)

$ Internet Standards document (ISD)

  (C) In this Glossary, this term refers to an RFC, Internet-Draft,
  or other item that is produced as part of the Internet Standards
  Process [R2026]. However, neither the term nor the abbreviation is
  widely accepted and, therefore, SHOULD NOT be used in an ISD
  unless it is accompanied by an explanation like this. (See:
  Internet Standard.)

$ internet vs. Internet

  1. (I) Not capitalized: A popular abbreviation for "internetwork".
  2. (I) Capitalized: "The Internet" is the single, interconnected,
  worldwide system of commercial, government, educational, and other
  computer networks that share the set of protocols specified by the
  IAB [R2026] and the name and address spaces managed by the ICANN.
  (C) The protocol set is named the "Internet Protocol Suite". It
  also is popularly known as "TCP/IP", because TCP and IP are two of
  its fundamental components. These protocols enable a user of any
  one of the networks in the Internet to communicate with, or use
  services located on, any of the other networks.
  (C) Although the Internet does have architectural principles
  [R1958], no Internet Standard formally defines a layered reference
  model for the IPS that is similar to the OSIRM. However, Internet
  community documents do refer (inconsistently) to layers:
  application, socket, transport, internetwork, network, data link,
  and physical. In this Glossary, Internet layers are referred to by
  name to avoid confusing them with OSIRM layers, which are referred
  to by number.

$ internetwork

  (I) A system of interconnected networks; a network of networks.
  Usually shortened to "internet". (See: internet vs. Internet.)
  (C) An internet is usually built using OSI layer 3 gateways to
  connect a set of subnetworks. When the subnetworks differ in the
  OSI layer 3 protocol service they provide, the gateways sometimes
  implement a uniform internetwork protocol (e.g., IP) that operates
  at the top of layer 3 and hides the underlying heterogeneity from
  hosts that use communication services provided by the internet.
  (See: router.)

$ intranet

  (I) A computer network, especially one based on Internet
  technology, that an organization uses for its own internal, and
  usually private, purposes and that is closed to outsiders. (See:
  extranet, virtual private network.)

$ intruder

  (I) An entity that gains or attempts to gain access to a system or
  system resource without having authorization to do so. (See:
  cracker.)

$ intrusion

  See: security intrusion.

$ intrusion detection

  (I) A security service that monitors and analyzes system events
  for the purpose of finding, and providing real-time or near real-
  time warning of, attempts to access system resources in an
  unauthorized manner.

$ invalidity date

  (N) An X.509 CRL entry extension that "indicates the date at which
  it is known or suspected that the [revoked certificate's private
  key] was compromised or that the certificate should otherwise be
  considered invalid" [X509].
  (C) This date may be earlier than the revocation date in the CRL
  entry, and may even be earlier than the date of issue of earlier
  CRLs. However, the invalidity date is not, by itself, sufficient
  for purposes of non-repudiation service. For example, to
  fraudulently repudiate a validly-generated signature, a private
  key holder may falsely claim that the key was compromised at some
  time in the past.

$ IP

  See: Internet Protocol.

$ IP address

  (I) A computer's internetwork address that is assigned for use by
  the Internet Protocol and other protocols.
  (C) An IP version 4 [R0791] address is written as a series of four
  8-bit numbers separated by periods. For example, the address of
  the host named "rosslyn.bbn.com" is 192.1.7.10.
  (C) An IP version 6 [R2373] address is written as x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x,
  where each "x" is the hexadecimal value of one of the eight 16-bit
  parts of the address. For example, 1080:0:0:0:8:800:200C:417A and
  FEDC:BA98:7654:3210:FEDC:BA98:7654:3210.

$ IP Security Option

  See: Internet Protocol Security Option.

$ IPRA

  See: Internet Policy Registration Authority.

$ IPsec

  See: Internet Protocol security.

$ IPsec Key Exchange (IKE)

  (I) An Internet, IPsec, key-establishment protocol [R2409] (partly
  based on OAKLEY) that is intended for putting in place
  authenticated keying material for use with ISAKMP and for other
  security associations, such as in AH and ESP.

$ IPSO

  See: Internet Protocol Security Option.

$ ISAKMP

  See: Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol.

$ ISD

  See: Internet Standards document.

$ ISO

  (I) International Organization for Standardization, a voluntary,
  non-treaty, non-government organization, established in 1947, with
  voting members that are designated standards bodies of
  participating nations and non-voting observer organizations. (See:
  ANSI, ITU-T.)
  (C) Legally, ISO is a Swiss, non-profit, private organization. ISO
  and the IEC (the International Electrotechnical Commission) form
  the specialized system for worldwide standardization. National
  bodies that are members of ISO or IEC participate in developing
  international standards through ISO and IEC technical committees
  that deal with particular fields of activity. Other international
  governmental and non-governmental organizations, in liaison with
  ISO and IEC, also take part. (ANSI is the U.S. voting member of
  ISO. ISO is a class D member of ITU-T.)
  (C) The ISO standards development process has four levels of
  increasing maturity: Working Draft (WD), Committee Draft (CD),
  Draft International Standard (DIS), and International Standard
  (IS). (See: (standards track levels under) Internet Standard.) In
  information technology, ISO and IEC have a joint technical
  committee, ISO/IEC JTC 1. DISs adopted by JTC 1 are circulated to
  national bodies for voting, and publication as an IS requires
  approval by at least 75% of the national bodies casting a vote.

$ ISOC

  See: Internet Society.

$ issue (a digital certificate or CRL)

  (I) Generate and sign a digital certificate (or CRL) and, usually,
  distribute it and make it available to potential certificate users
  (or CRL users). (See: certificate creation.)
  (C) The ABA Guidelines [ABA] explicitly limit this term to
  certificate creation, and exclude the act of publishing. In
  general usage, however, "issuing" a digital certificate (or CRL)
  includes not only certificate creation but also making it
  available to potential users, such as by storing it in a
  repository or other directory or otherwise publishing it.

$ issuer

  1. (I) "Issuer" of a certificate or CRL: The CA that signs the
  digital certificate or CRL.
  (C) An X.509 certificate always includes the issuer's name. The
  name may include a common name value.
  2. (N) "Issuer" of a payment card: SET usage: "The financial
  institution or its agent that issues the unique primary account
  number to the cardholder for the payment card brand." [SET2]
  (C) The institution that establishes the account for a cardholder
  and issues the payment card also guarantees payment for authorized
  transactions that use the card in accordance with card brand
  regulations and local legislation. [SET1]

$ ITAR

  See: International Traffic in Arms Regulations.

$ ITSEC

  See: Information Technology System Evaluation Criteria.

$ ITU-T

  (N) International Telecommunications Union, Telecommunication
  Standardization Sector (formerly "CCITT"), a United Nations treaty
  organization that is composed mainly of postal, telephone, and
  telegraph authorities of the member countries and that publishes
  standards called "Recommendations". (See: X.400, X.500.)
  (C) The Department of State represents the United States. ITU-T
  works on many kinds of communication systems. ITU-T cooperates
  with ISO on communication protocol standards, and many
  Recommendations in that area are also published as an ISO standard
  with an ISO name and number.

$ IV

  See: initialization value.

$ KDC

  See: Key Distribution Center.

$ KEA

  See: Key Exchange Algorithm.

$ KEK

  See: key-encrypting key.

$ Kerberos

  (N) A system developed at the Massachusetts Institute of
  Technology that depends on passwords and symmetric cryptography
  (DES) to implement ticket-based, peer entity authentication
  service and access control service distributed in a client-server
  network environment. [R1510, Stei]
  (C) Kerberos was developed by Project Athena and is named for the
  three-headed dog guarding Hades.

$ key

  See: cryptographic key.

$ key agreement (algorithm or protocol)

  (I) A key establishment method (especially one involving
  asymmetric cryptography) by which two or more entities, without
  prior arrangement except a public exchange of data (such as public
  keys), each computes the same key value. I.e., each can
  independently generate the same key value, but that key cannot be
  computed by other entities. (See: Diffie-Hellman, key
  establishment, Key Exchange Algorithm, key transport.)
  (O) "A method for negotiating a key value on line without
  transferring the key, even in an encrypted form, e.g., the Diffie-
  Hellman technique." [X509]
  (O) "The procedure whereby two different parties generate shared
  symmetric keys such that any of the shared symmetric keys is a
  function of the information contributed by all legitimate
  participants, so that no party [alone] can predetermine the value
  of the key." [A9042]
  (C) For example, a message originator and the intended recipient
  can each use their own private key and the other's public key with
  the Diffie-Hellman algorithm to first compute a shared secret
  value and, from that value, derive a session key to encrypt the
  message.

$ key authentication

  (N) "The assurance of the legitimate participants in a key
  agreement that no non-legitimate party possesses the shared
  symmetric key." [A9042]

$ key center

  (I) A centralized key distribution process (used in symmetric
  cryptography), usually a separate computer system, that uses key-
  encrypting keys (master keys) to encrypt and distribute session
  keys needed in a community of users.
  (C) An ANSI standard [A9017] defines two types of key center: key
  distribution center and key translation center.

$ key confirmation

  (N) "The assurance of the legitimate participants in a key
  establishment protocol that the intended parties sharing the
  symmetric key actually possess the shared symmetric key." [A9042]

$ key distribution

  (I) A process that delivers a cryptographic key from the location
  where it is generated to the locations where it is used in a
  cryptographic algorithm. (See: key management.)

$ key distribution center (KDC)

  (I) A type of key center (used in symmetric cryptography) that
  implements a key distribution protocol to provide keys (usually,
  session keys) to two (or more) entities that wish to communicate
  securely. (See: key translation center.)
  (C) A KDC distributes keys to Alice and Bob, who (a) wish to
  communicate with each other but do not currently share keys, (b)
  each share a KEK with the KDC, and (c) may not be able to generate
  or acquire keys by themselves. Alice requests the keys from the
  KDC. The KDC generates or acquires the keys and makes two
  identical sets. The KDC encrypts one set in the KEK it shares with
  Alice, and sends that encrypted set to Alice. The KDC encrypts the
  second set in the KEK it shares with Bob, and either sends that
  encrypted set to Alice for her to forward to Bob, or sends it
  directly to Bob (although the latter option is not supported in
  the ANSI standard [A9017]).

$ key encapsulation

  See: (secondary definition under) key recovery.

$ key-encrypting key (KEK)

  (I) A cryptographic key that is used to encrypt other keys, either
  DEKs or other KEKs, but usually is not used to encrypt application
  data.

$ key escrow

  See: (secondary definition under) key recovery.

$ key establishment (algorithm or protocol)

  (I) A process that combines the key generation and key
  distribution steps needed to set up or install a secure
  communication association. (See: key agreement, key transport.)
  (O) "The procedure to share a symmetric key among different
  parties by either key agreement or key transport." [A9042]
  (C) Key establishment involves either key agreement or key
  transport:
   - Key transport: One entity generates a secret key and securely
     sends it to the other entity. (Or each entity generates a
     secret value and securely sends it to the other entity, where
     the two values are combined to form a secret key.)
   - Key agreement: No secret is sent from one entity to another.
     Instead, both entities, without prior arrangement except a
     public exchange of data, compute the same secret value. I.e.,
     each can independently generate the same value, but that value
     cannot be computed by other entities.

$ Key Exchange Algorithm (KEA)

  (N) A key agreement algorithm [NIST] that is similar to the
  Diffie-Hellman algorithm, uses 1024-bit asymmetric keys, and was
  developed and formerly classified at the "Secret" level by NSA.
  (See: CAPSTONE, CLIPPER, FORTEZZA, SKIPJACK.)
  (C) On 23 June 1998, the NSA announced that KEA had been
  declassified.

$ key generation

  (I) A process that creates the sequence of symbols that comprise a
  cryptographic key. (See: key management.)

$ key generator

  1. (I) An algorithm that uses mathematical rules to
  deterministically produce a pseudo-random sequence of
  cryptographic key values.
  2. (I) An encryption device that incorporates a key generation
  mechanism and applies the key to plaintext (e.g., by exclusive OR-
  ing the key bit string with the plaintext bit string) to produce
  ciphertext.

$ key length

  (I) The number of symbols (usually bits) needed to be able to
  represent any of the possible values of a cryptographic key. (See:
  key space.)

$ key lifetime

  (N) MISSI usage: An attribute of a MISSI key pair that specifies a
  time span that bounds the validity period of any MISSI X.509
  public-key certificate that contains the public component of the
  pair. (See: cryptoperiod.)

$ key management

  (I) The process of handling and controlling cryptographic keys and
  related material (such as initialization values) during their life
  cycle in a cryptographic system, including ordering, generating,
  distributing, storing, loading, escrowing, archiving, auditing,
  and destroying the material. (See: key distribution, key escrow,
  keying material, public-key infrastructure.)
  (O) "The generation, storage, distribution, deletion, archiving
  and application of keys in accordance with a security policy."
  [I7498 Part 2]
  (O) "The activities involving the handling of cryptographic keys
  and other related security parameters (e.g., IVs, counters) during
  the entire life cycle of the keys, including their generation,
  storage, distribution, entry and use, deletion or destruction, and
  archiving." [FP140]

$ Key Management Protocol (KMP)

  (N) A protocol to establish a shared symmetric key between a pair
  (or a group) of users. (One version of KMP was developed by SDNS,
  and another by SILS.)

$ key material identifier (KMID)

  (N) MISSI usage: A 64-bit identifier that is assigned to a key
  pair when the public key is bound in a MISSI X.509 public-key
  certificate.

$ key pair

  (I) A set of mathematically related keys--a public key and a
  private key--that are used for asymmetric cryptography and are
  generated in a way that makes it computationally infeasible to
  derive the private key from knowledge of the public key (e.g.,
  see: Diffie-Hellman, Rivest-Shamir-Adleman).
  (C) A key pair's owner discloses the public key to other system
  entities so they can use the key to encrypt data, verify a digital
  signature, compute a protected checksum, or generate a key in a
  key agreement algorithm. The matching private key is kept secret
  by the owner, who uses it to decrypt data, generate a digital
  signature, verify a protected checksum, or generate a key in a key
  agreement algorithm.

$ key recovery

  1. (I) A process for learning the value of a cryptographic key
  that was previously used to perform some cryptographic operation.
  (See: cryptanalysis.)
  2. (I) Techniques that provide an intentional, alternate (i.e.,
  secondary) means to access the key used for data confidentiality
  service in an encrypted association. [DOD4]
  (C) We assume that the encryption mechanism has a primary means of
  obtaining the key through a key establishment algorithm or
  protocol. For the secondary means, there are two classes of key
  recovery techniques--key escrow and key encapsulation:
   - "Key escrow": A key recovery technique for storing knowledge of
     a cryptographic key or parts thereof in the custody of one or
     more third parties called "escrow agents", so that the key can
     be recovered and used in specified circumstances.
     Key escrow is typically implemented with split knowledge
     techniques. For example, the Escrowed Encryption Standard
     [FP185] entrusts two components of a device-unique split key to
     separate escrow agents. The agents provide the components only
     to someone legally authorized to conduct electronic
     surveillance of telecommunications encrypted by that specific
     device. The components are used to reconstruct the device-
     unique key, and it is used to obtain the session key needed to
     decrypt communications.
   - "Key encapsulation": A key recovery technique for storing
     knowledge of a cryptographic key by encrypting it with another
     key and ensuring that that only certain third parties called
     "recovery agents" can perform the decryption operation to
     retrieve the stored key.
     Key encapsulation typically allows direct retrieval of the
     secret key used to provide data confidentiality.

$ key space

  (I) The range of possible values of a cryptographic key; or the
  number of distinct transformations supported by a particular
  cryptographic algorithm. (See: key length.)

$ key translation center

  (I) A type of key center (used in a symmetric cryptography) that
  implements a key distribution protocol to convey keys between two
  (or more) parties who wish to communicate securely. (See: key
  distribution center.)
  (C) A key translation center translates keys for future
  communication between Bob and Alice, who (a) wish to communicate
  with each other but do not currently share keys, (b) each share a
  KEK with the center, and (c) have the ability to generate or
  acquire keys by themselves. Alice generates or acquires a set of
  keys for communication with Bob. Alice encrypts the set in the KEK
  she shares with the center and sends the encrypted set to the
  center. The center decrypts the set, reencrypts the set in the KEK
  it shares with Bob, and either sends that encrypted set to Alice
  for her to forward to Bob, or sends it directly to Bob (although
  direct distribution is not supported in the ANSI standard
  [A9017]).

$ key transport (algorithm or protocol)

  (I) A key establishment method by which a secret key is generated
  by one entity in a communication association and securely sent to
  another entity in the association. (See: key agreement.)
  (O) "The procedure to send a symmetric key from one party to other
  parties. As a result, all legitimate participants share a common
  symmetric key in such a way that the symmetric key is determined
  entirely by one party." [A9042]
  (C) For example, a message originator can generate a random
  session key and then use the Rivest-Shamir-Adleman algorithm to
  encrypt that key with the public key of the intended recipient.

$ key update

  (I) Derive a new key from an existing key. (See: certificate
  rekey.)

$ key validation

  (N) "The procedure for the receiver of a public key to check that
  the key conforms to the arithmetic requirements for such a key in
  order to thwart certain types of attacks." [A9042]

$ keyed hash

  (I) A cryptographic hash (e.g., [R1828]) in which the mapping to a
  hash result is varied by a second input parameter that is a
  cryptographic key. (See: checksum.)
  (C) If the input data object is changed, a new hash result cannot
  be correctly computed without knowledge of the secret key. Thus,
  the secret key protects the hash result so it can be used as a
  checksum even when there is a threat of an active attack on the
  data. There are least two forms of keyed hash:
   - A function based on a keyed encryption algorithm. (E.g., see:
     Data Authentication Code.)
  -  A function based on a keyless hash that is enhanced by
     combining (e.g., by concatenating) the input data object
     parameter with a key parameter before mapping to the hash
     result. (E.g., see: HMAC.)

$ keying material

  (I) Data (such as keys, key pairs, and initialization values)
  needed to establish and maintain a cryptographic security
  association.

$ KMID

  See: key material identifier.

$ known-plaintext attack

  (I) A cryptanalysis technique in which the analyst tries to
  determine the key from knowledge of some plaintext-ciphertext
  pairs (although the analyst may also have other clues, such as the
  knowing the cryptographic algorithm).

$ L2F

  See: Layer 2 Forwarding Protocol.

$ L2TP

  See: Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol.

$ label

  See: security label.

$ Language of Temporal Ordering Specification (LOTOS)

  (N) A language (ISO 8807-1990) for formal specification of
  computer network protocols; describes the order in which events
  occur.

$ lattice model

  (I) A security model for flow control in a system, based on the
  lattice that is formed by the finite security levels in a system
  and their partial ordering. [Denn] (See: flow control, security
  level, security model.)
  (C) The model describes the semantic structure formed by a finite
  set of security levels, such as those used in military
  organizations.
  (C) A lattice is a finite set together with a partial ordering on
  its elements such that for every pair of elements there is a least
  upper bound and a greatest lower bound. For example, a lattice is
  formed by a finite set S of security levels -- i.e., a set S of all
  ordered pairs (x, c), where x is one of a finite set X of
  hierarchically ordered classification levels (X1, ..., Xm), and c
  is a (possibly empty) subset of a finite set C of non-hierarchical
  categories (C1, ..., Cn) -- together with the "dominate" relation.
  (See: dominate.)

$ Law Enforcement Access Field (LEAF)

  (N) A data item that is automatically embedded in data encrypted
  by devices (e.g., see: CLIPPER chip) that implement the Escrowed
  Encryption Standard.

$ Layer 2 Forwarding Protocol (L2F)

  (N) An Internet protocol (originally developed by Cisco
  Corporation) that uses tunneling of PPP over IP to create a
  virtual extension of a dial-up link across a network, initiated by
  the dial-up server and transparent to the dial-up user. (See:
  L2TP.)

$ Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP)

  (N) An Internet client-server protocol that combines aspects of
  PPTP and L2F and supports tunneling of PPP over an IP network or
  over frame relay or other switched network. (See: virtual private
  network.)
  (C) PPP can in turn encapsulate any OSI layer 3 protocol. Thus,
  L2TP does not specify security services; it depends on protocols
  layered above and below it to provide any needed security.

$ LDAP

  See: Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

$ least privilege

  (I) The principle that a security architecture should be designed
  so that each system entity is granted the minimum system resources
  and authorizations that the entity needs to do its work. (See:
  economy of mechanism.)
  (C) This principle tends to limit damage that can be caused by an
  accident, error, or unauthorized act.

$ Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)

  (N) A client-server protocol that supports basic use of the X.500
  Directory (or other directory servers) without incurring the
  resource requirements of the full Directory Access Protocol (DAP).
  [R1777]
  (C) Designed for simple management and browser applications that
  provide simple read/write interactive directory service. Supports
  both simple authentication and strong authentication of the client
  to the directory server.

$ link

  (I) World Wide Web usage: See: hyperlink.
  (I) Subnetwork usage: A point-to-point communication channel
  connecting two subnetwork relays (especially one between two
  packet switches) that is implemented at OSI layer 2. (See: link
  encryption.)
  (C) The relay computers assume that links are logically passive.
  If a computer at one end of a link sends a sequence of bits, the
  sequence simply arrives at the other end after a finite time,
  although some bits may have been changed either accidentally
  (errors) or by active wiretapping.

$ link-by-link encryption $ link encryption

  (I) Stepwise protection of data that flows between two points in a
  network, provided by encrypting data separately on each network
  link, i.e., by encrypting data when it leaves a host or subnetwork
  relay and decrypting when it arrives at the next host or relay.
  Each link may use a different key or even a different algorithm.
  [R1455] (See: end-to-end encryption.)

$ logic bomb

  (I) Malicious logic that activates when specified conditions are
  met. Usually intended to cause denial of service or otherwise
  damage system resources. (See: Trojan horse, virus, worm.)

$ login

  (I) The act of a system entity gaining access to a session in
  which the entity can use system resources; usually accomplished by
  providing a user name and password to an access control system
  that authenticates the user.
  (C) Derives from "log" file", a security audit trail that records
  security events, such as the beginning of sessions, and who
  initiates them.

$ LOTOS

  See: Language of Temporal Ordering Specification.

$ MAC

  See: mandatory access control, Message Authentication Code.

$ malicious logic

  (I) Hardware, software, or firmware that is intentionally included
  or inserted in a system for a harmful purpose. (See: logic bomb,
  Trojan horse, virus, worm.)

$ malware

  (I) A contraction of "malicious software". (See: malicious logic.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it is not listed in most
  dictionaries and could confuse international readers.

$ man-in-the-middle

  (I) A form of active wiretapping attack in which the attacker
  intercepts and selectively modifies communicated data in order to
  masquerade as one or more of the entities involved in a
  communication association. (See: hijack attack, piggyback attack.)
  (C) For example, suppose Alice and Bob try to establish a session
  key by using the Diffie-Hellman algorithm without data origin
  authentication service. A "man in the middle" could (a) block
  direct communication between Alice and Bob and then (b) masquerade
  as Alice sending data to Bob, (c) masquerade as Bob sending data
  to Alice, (d) establish separate session keys with each of them,
  and (e) function as a clandestine proxy server between them in
  order to capture or modify sensitive information that Alice and
  Bob think they are sending only to each other.

$ mandatory access control (MAC)

  (I) An access control service that enforces a security policy
  based on comparing (a) security labels (which indicate how
  sensitive or critical system resources are) with (b) security
  clearances (which indicate system entities are eligible to access
  certain resources). (See: discretionary access control, rule-based
  security policy.)
  (C) This kind of access control is called "mandatory" because an
  entity that has clearance to access a resource may not, just by
  its own volition, enable another entity to access that resource.
  (O) "A means of restricting access to objects based on the
  sensitivity (as represented by a label) of the information
  contained in the objects and the formal authorization (i.e.,
  clearance) of subjects to access information of such sensitivity."
  [DOD1]

$ manipulation detection code

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "checksum"
  because the word "manipulation" implies protection against active
  attacks, which an ordinary checksum might not provide. Instead, if
  such protection is intended, use "protected checksum" or some
  particular type thereof, depending on which is meant. If such
  protection is not intended, use "error detection code" or some
  specific type of checksum that is not protected.

$ masquerade attack

  (I) A type of attack in which one system entity illegitimately
  poses as (assumes the identity of) another entity. (See: spoofing
  attack.)

$ MCA

  See: merchant certificate authority.

$ MD2

  (N) A cryptographic hash [R1319] that produces a 128-bit hash
  result, was designed by Ron Rivest, and is similar to MD4 and MD5
  but slower. (See: message digest.)

$ MD4

  (N) A cryptographic hash [R1320] that produces a 128-bit hash
  result and was designed by Ron Rivest. (See: message digest and
  SHA-1.)

$ MD5

  (N) A cryptographic hash [R1321] that produces a 128-bit hash
  result and was designed by Ron Rivest to be an improved version of
  MD4.

$ merchant

  (O) SET usage: "A seller of goods, services, and/or other
  information who accepts payment for these items electronically."
  [SET2] A merchant may also provide electronic selling services
  and/or electronic delivery of items for sale. With SET, the
  merchant can offer its cardholders secure electronic interactions,
  but a merchant that accepts payment cards is required to have a
  relationship with an acquirer. [SET1, SET2]

$ merchant certificate

  (O) SET usage: A public-key certificate issued to a merchant.
  Sometimes used to refer to a pair of such certificates where one
  is for digital signature use and the other is for encryption.

$ merchant certification authority (MCA)

  (O) SET usage: A CA that issues digital certificates to merchants
  and is operated on behalf of a payment card brand, an acquirer, or
  another party according to brand rules. Acquirers verify and
  approve requests for merchant certificates prior to issuance by
  the MCA. An MCA does not issue a CRL, but does distribute CRLs
  issued by root CAs, brand CAs, geopolitical CAs, and payment
  gateway CAs. [SET2]

$ mesh PKI

  (I) A non-hierarchical PKI architecture in which there are several
  trusted CAs rather than a single root. Each certificate user bases
  path validations on the public key of one of the trusted CAs,
  usually the one that issued that user's own public-key
  certificate. Rather than having superior-to-subordinate
  relationships between CAs, the relationships are peer-to-peer, and
  CAs issue cross-certificates to each other. (See: hierarchical
  PKI, trust-file PKI.)

$ message authentication code vs. Message Authentication Code (MAC)

  1. (N) Capitalized: "(The) Message Authentication Code" refers to
  an ANSI standard for a checksum that is computed with a keyed hash
  that is based on DES. [A9009] (Also known as the U.S. Government
  standard Data Authentication Code. [FP113])
  (C) The ANSI standard MAC algorithm is equivalent to cipher block
  chaining with IV = 0.
  2. (D) Not capitalized: ISDs SHOULD NOT use the uncapitalized form
  "message authentication code", because this term mixes concepts in
  a potentially misleading way. Instead, use "checksum", "error
  detection code", "hash", "keyed hash", "Message Authentication
  Code", or "protected checksum", depending on what is meant. (See:
  authentication code.)
  (C) In the uncapitalized form, the word "message" is misleading
  because it implies that the mechanism is particularly suitable for
  or limited to electronic mail (see: Message Handling Systems), the
  word "authentication" is misleading because the mechanism
  primarily serves a data integrity function rather than an
  authentication function, and the word "code" is misleading because
  it implies that either encoding or encryption is involved or that
  the term refers to computer software.

$ message digest

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "hash result"
  because it unnecessarily duplicates the meaning of the other, more
  general term and mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way.
  (See: cryptographic hash, Message Handling System.)

$ Message Handling Systems

  (I) A ITU-T/ISO system concept, which encompasses the notion of
  electronic mail but defines more comprehensive OSI systems and
  services that enable users to exchange messages on a store-and-
  forward basis. (The ISO equivalent is "Message Oriented Text
  Interchange System".) (See: X.400.)

$ message indicator

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "initialization
  value" because it mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way.

$ message integrity check $ message integrity code

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use these terms because they mix concepts in a
  potentially misleading way. (The word "message" is misleading
  because it suggests that the mechanism is particularly suitable
  for or limited to electronic mail. The word "code" is misleading
  because it suggests that either encoding or encryption is
  involved, or that the term refers to computer software.) Instead,
  use "checksum", "error detection code", "hash", "keyed hash",
  "Message Authentication Code", or "protected checksum", depending
  on what is meant.

$ Message Security Protocol (MSP)

  (N) A secure message handling protocol [SDNS7] for use with X.400
  and Internet mail protocols. Developed by NSA's SDNS program and
  used in the U.S. Defense Message System.

$ MHS

  See: message handling system.

$ MIME

  See: Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions.

$ MIME Object Security Services (MOSS)

  (I) An Internet protocol [R1848] that applies end-to-end
  encryption and digital signature to MIME message content, using
  symmetric cryptography for encryption and asymmetric cryptography
  for key distribution and signature. MOSS is based on features and
  specifications of PEM. (See: S/MIME.)

$ Minimum Interoperability Specification for PKI Components (MISPC)

  (N) A technical description to provide a basis for interoperation
  between PKI components from different vendors; consists primarily
  of a profile of certificate and CRL extensions and a set of
  transactions for PKI operation. [MISPC]

$ MISPC

  See: Minimum Interoperability Specification for PKI Components.

$ MISSI

  (N) Multilevel Information System Security Initiative, an NSA
  program to encourage development of interoperable, modular
  products for constructing secure network information systems in
  support of a wide variety of Government missions. (See: MSP.)

$ MISSI user

  (O) MISSI usage: A system entity that is the subject of one or
  more MISSI X.509 public-key certificates issued under a MISSI
  certification hierarchy. (See: personality.)
  (C) MISSI users include both end users and the authorities that
  issue certificates. A MISSI user is usually a person but may be a
  machine or other automated process. Some machines are required to
  operate non-stop. To avoid downtime needed to exchange the
  FORTEZZA cards of machine operators at shift changes, the machines
  may be issued their own cards, as if they were persons.

$ mode $ mode of operation

  (I) Encryption usage: A technique for enhancing the effect of a
  cryptographic algorithm or adapting the algorithm for an
  application, such as applying a block cipher to a sequence of data
  blocks or a data stream. (See: electronic codebook, cipher block
  chaining, cipher feedback, output feedback.)
  (I) System operation usage: A type of security policy that states
  the range of classification levels of information that a system is
  permitted to handle and the range of clearances and authorizations
  of users who are permitted to access the system. (See: dedicated
  security mode, multilevel security mode, partitioned security
  mode, system high security mode.)

$ modulus

  (I) The defining constant in modular arithmetic, and usually a
  part of the public key in asymmetric cryptography that is based on
  modular arithmetic. (See: Diffie-Hellman, Rivest-Shamir-Adleman.)

$ Morris Worm

  (I) A worm program written by Robert T. Morris, Jr. that flooded
  the ARPANET in November, 1988, causing problems for thousands of
  hosts. (See: worm.)

$ MOSS

  See: MIME Object Security Services.

$ MSP

  See: Message Security Protocol.

$ multilevel secure (MLS)

  (I) A class of system that has system resources (particularly
  stored information) at more than one security level (i.e., has
  different types of sensitive resources) and that permits
  concurrent access by users who differ in security clearance and
  need-to-know, but is able to prevent each user from accessing
  resources for which the user lacks authorization.

$ multilevel security mode

  (I) A mode of operation of an information system, that allows two
  or more classification levels of information to be processed
  concurrently within the same system when not all users have a
  clearance or formal access authorization for all data handled by
  the system.
  (C) This mode is defined formally in U.S. Department of Defense
  policy regarding system accreditation [DOD2], but the term is also
  used outside the Defense Department and outside the Government.

$ Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME)

  (I) An Internet protocol [R2045] that enhances the basic format of
  Internet electronic mail messages [R0822] to be able to use
  character sets other than US-ASCII for textual headers and text
  content, and to carry non-textual and multi-part content. (See:
  S/MIME.)

$ mutual suspicion

  (I) The state that exists between two interacting system entities
  in which neither entity can trust the other to function correctly
  with regard to some security requirement.

$ National Computer Security Center (NCSC)

  (N) A U.S. Department of Defense organization, housed in NSA, that
  has responsibility for encouraging widespread availability of
  trusted computer systems throughout the Federal Government. It has
  established criteria for, and performs evaluations of, computer
  and network systems that have a trusted computing base. (See:
  Evaluated Products List, Rainbow Series, TCSEC.)

$ National Information Assurance Partnership (NIAP)

  (N) An organization created by NIST and NSA to enhance the quality
  of commercial products for information security and increase
  consumer confidence in those products through objective evaluation
  and testing methods.
  (C) NIAP is registered, through the U.S. Department of Defense, as
  a National Performance Review Reinvention Laboratory. NIAP
  functions include the following:
   - Developing tests, test methods, and other tools that developers
     and testing laboratories may use to improve and evaluate
     security products.
   - Collaborating with industry and others on research and testing
     programs.
   - Using the Common Criteria to develop protection profiles and
     associated test sets for security products and systems.
   - Cooperating with the NIST National Voluntary Laboratory
     Accreditation Program to develop a program to accredit private-
     sector laboratories for the testing of information security
     products using the Common Criteria.
   - Working to establish a formal, international mutual recognition
     scheme for a Common Criteria-based evaluation.

$ National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)

  (N) A U.S. Department of Commerce agency that promotes U.S.
  economic growth by working with industry to develop and apply
  technology, measurements, and standards. Has primary Government
  responsibility for INFOSEC standards for unclassified but
  sensitive information. (See: ANSI, DES, DSA, DSS, FIPS, NIAP,
  NSA.)

$ National Security Agency (NSA)

  (N) A U.S. Department of Defense intelligence agency that has
  primary Government responsibility for INFOSEC for classified
  information and for unclassified but sensitive information handled
  by national security systems. (See: FORTEZZA, KEA, MISSI, NIAP,
  NIST, SKIPJACK.)

$ need-to-know

  (I) The necessity for access to, knowledge of, or possession of
  specific information required to carry out official duties.
  (C) This criterion is used in security procedures that require a
  custodian of sensitive information, prior to disclosing the
  information to someone else, to establish that the intended
  recipient has proper authorization to access the information.

$ network

  See: computer network.

$ NIAP

  See: National Information Assurance Partnership.

$ NIST

  See: National Institute of Standards and Technology.

$ NLSP

  Network Layer Security Protocol. An OSI protocol (IS0 11577) for
  end-to-end encryption services at the top of OSI layer 3. NLSP is
  derived from an SDNS protocol, SP3, but is much more complex.

$ no-lone zone

  (I) A room or other space to which no person may have
  unaccompanied access and that, when occupied, is required to be
  occupied by two or more appropriately authorized persons. (See:
  dual control.)

$ nonce

  (I) A random or non-repeating value that is included in data
  exchanged by a protocol, usually for the purpose of guaranteeing
  liveness and thus detecting and protecting against replay attacks.

$ non-critical

  See: critical (extension of certificate).

$ non-repudiation service

  (I) A security service that provide protection against false
  denial of involvement in a communication. (See: repudiation.)
  (C) Non-repudiation service does not and cannot prevent an entity
  from repudiating a communication. Instead, the service provides
  evidence that can be stored and later presented to a third party
  to resolve disputes that arise if and when a communication is
  repudiated by one of the entities involved. There are two basic
  kinds of non-repudiation service:
   - "Non-repudiation with proof of origin" provides the recipient
     of data with evidence that proves the origin of the data, and
     thus protects the recipient against an attempt by the
     originator to falsely deny sending the data. This service can
     be viewed as a stronger version of an data origin
     authentication service, in that it proves authenticity to a
     third party.
   - "Non-repudiation with proof of receipt" provides the originator
     of data with evidence that proves the data was received as
     addressed, and thus protects the originator against an attempt
     by the recipient to falsely deny receiving the data.
  (C) Phases of a Non-Repudiation Service: Ford [For94, For97] uses
  the term "critical action" to refer to the act of communication
  that is the subject of the service:
  --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   . --------
  Phase 1:   Phase 2:   Phase 3:   Phase 4:   Phase 5:   . Phase 6:
  Request    Generate   Transfer   Verify     Retain     . Resolve
  Service    Evidence   Evidence   Evidence   Evidence   . Dispute
  --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   . --------
  Service    Critical   Evidence   Evidence   Archive    . Evidence
  Request => Action  => Stored  => Is      => Evidence   . Is
  Is Made    Occurs     For Later  Tested     In Case    . Verified
             and        Use |          ^      Critical   .     ^
             Evidence       v          |      Action Is  .     |
             Is         +-------------------+ Repudiated .     |
             Generated  |Verifiable Evidence|------> ... . ----+
                        +-------------------+
  Phase / Explanation
  -------------------
  1. Before the critical action, the service requester asks, either
     implicitly or explicitly, to have evidence of the action be
     generated.
  2. When the critical action occurs, evidence is generated by a
     process involving the potential repudiator and possibly also a
     trusted third party.
  3. The evidence is transferred to the requester, or stored by a
     third party, for later use if needed.
  4. The entity that holds the evidence tests to be sure that it
     will suffice if a dispute arises.
  5. The evidence is retained for possible future retrieval and use.
  6. In this phase, which occurs only if the critical action is
     repudiated, the evidence is retrieved from storage, presented,
     and verified to resolve the dispute.

$ no-PIN ORA (NORA)

  (O) MISSI usage: An organizational RA that operates in a mode in
  which the ORA performs no card management functions and,
  therefore, does not require knowledge of either the SSO PIN or
  user PIN for an end user's FORTEZZA PC card.

$ NORA

  See: no-PIN ORA.

$ notarization

  (I) Registration of data under the authority or in the care of a
  trusted third party, thus making it possible to provide subsequent
  assurance of the accuracy of characteristics claimed for the data,
  such as content, origin, time, and delivery. [I7498 Part 2] (See:
  digital notary.)

$ NULL encryption algorithm

  (I) An algorithm [R2410] that does nothing to transform plaintext
  data; i.e., a no-op. It originated because of IPsec ESP, which
  always specifies the use of an encryption algorithm to provide
  confidentiality. The NULL encryption algorithm is a convenient way
  to represent the option of not applying encryption in ESP (or in
  any other context where this is needed).

$ OAKLEY

  (I) A key establishment protocol (proposed for IPsec but
  superseded by IKE) based on the Diffie-Hellman algorithm and
  designed to be a compatible component of ISAKMP. [R2412]
  (C) OAKLEY establishes a shared key with an assigned identifier
  and associated authenticated identities for parties. I.e., OAKLEY
  provides authentication service to ensure the entities of each
  other's identity, even if the Diffie-Hellman exchange is
  threatened by active wiretapping. Also, provides public-key
  forward secrecy for the shared key and supports key updates,
  incorporation of keys distributed by out-of-band mechanisms, and
  user-defined abstract group structures for use with Diffie-
  Hellman.

$ object

  (I) Trusted computer system modeling usage: A system element that
  contains or receives information. (See: Bell-LaPadula Model,
  trusted computer system.)

$ object identifier (OID)

  (I) An official, globally unique name for a thing, written as a
  sequence of integers (which are formed and assigned as defined in
  the ASN.1 standard) and used to reference the thing in abstract
  specifications and during negotiation of security services in a
  protocol.
  (O) "A value (distinguishable from all other such values) which is
  associated with an object." [X680]
  (C) Objects named by OIDs are leaves of the object identifier tree
  (which is similar to but different from the X.500 Directory
  Information Tree). Each arc (i.e., each branch of the tree) is
  labeled with a non-negative integer. An OID is the sequence of
  integers on the path leading from the root of the tree to a named
  object.
  (C) The OID tree has three arcs immediately below the root: {0}
  for use by ITU-T, {1} for use by ISO, and {2} for use by both
  jointly. Below ITU-T are four arcs, where {0 0} is for ITU-T
  recommendations. Below {0 0} are 26 arcs, one for each series of
  recommendations starting with the letters A to Z, and below these
  are arcs for each recommendation. Thus, the OID for ITU-T
  Recommendation X.509 is {0 0 24 509}. Below ISO are four arcs,
  where {1 0 }is for ISO standards, and below these are arcs for
  each ISO standard. Thus, the OID for ISO/IEC 9594-8 (the ISO
  number for X.509) is {1 0 9594 8}.
  (C) The following are additional examples: ANSI registers
  organization names below the branch {joint-iso-ccitt(2)
  country(16) US(840) organization(1)}. The NIST CSOR records PKI
  objects below the branch {joint-iso-ccitt(2) country(16) us(840)
  gov(101) csor(3) pki(4)}. The U.S. Department of Defense registers
  INFOSEC objects below the branch {joint-iso-ccitt(2) country(16)
  us(840) organization(1) gov(101) dod(2) infosec(1)}. The OID for
  the PKIX private extension is defined in an arc below the arc for
  the PKIX name space, as {iso(1) identified-organization(3) dod(6)
  internet(1) security(5) mechanisms(5) pkix(7) 1 1}.

$ object reuse

  (N) "The reassignment and reuse of a storage medium (e.g., page
  frame, disk sector, magnetic tape) that once contained one or more
  [information] objects. To be securely reused and assigned to a new
  subject, storage media must contain no residual data (magnetic
  remanence) from the object(s) previously contained in the media."
  [NCS04]

$ OCSP

  See: On-line Certificate Status Protocol.

$ octet

  (I) A data unit of eight bits. (See: byte.)
  (c) This term is used in networking (especially in OSI standards)
  in preference to "byte", because some systems use "byte" for data
  storage units of a size other than eight.

$ OFB

  See: output feedback.

$ ohnosecond

  (C) That minuscule fraction of time in which you realize that your
  private key has been compromised.

$ OID

  See: object identifier.

$ On-line Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP)

  (I) An Internet protocol used by a client to obtain from a server
  the validity status and other information concerning a digital
  certificate.
  (C) In some applications, such as those involving high-value
  commercial transactions, it may be necessary to obtain certificate
  revocation status that is more timely than is possible with CRLs
  or to obtain other kinds of status information. OCSP may be used
  to determine the current revocation status of a digital
  certificate, in lieu of or as a supplement to checking against a
  periodic CRL. An OCSP client issues a status request to an OCSP
  server and suspends acceptance of the certificate in question
  until the server provides a response.

$ one-time pad

  (I) An encryption algorithm in which the key is a random sequence
  of symbols and each symbol is used for encryption only one time--
  to encrypt only one plaintext symbol to produce only one
  ciphertext symbol--and a copy of the key is used similarly for
  decryption.
  (C) To ensure one-time use, the copy of the key used for
  encryption is destroyed after use, as is the copy used for
  decryption. This is the only encryption algorithm that is truly
  unbreakable, even given unlimited resources for cryptanalysis
  [Schn], but key management costs and synchronization problems make
  it impractical except in special situations.

$ one-time password $ One-Time Password (OTP)

  1. Not capitalized: A "one-time password" is a simple
  authentication technique in which each password is used only once
  as authentication information that verifies an identity. This
  technique counters the threat of a replay attack that uses
  passwords captured by wiretapping.
  2. Capitalized: "One-Time Password" is an Internet protocol
  [R1938] that is based on S/KEY and uses a cryptographic hash
  function to generate one-time passwords for use as authentication
  information in system login and in other processes that need
  protection against replay attacks.

$ one-way encryption

  (I) Irreversible transformation of plaintext to ciphertext, such
  that the plaintext cannot be recovered from the ciphertext by
  other than exhaustive procedures even if the cryptographic key is
  known. (See: encryption.)

$ one-way function

  (I) "A (mathematical) function, f, which is easy to compute, but
  which for a general value y in the range, it is computationally
  difficult to find a value x in the domain such that f(x) = y.
  There may be a few values of y for which finding x is not
  computationally difficult." [X509]
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "cryptographic
  hash".

$ open security environment

  (O) U.S. Department of Defense usage: A system environment that
  meets at least one of the following conditions: (a) Application
  developers (including maintainers) do not have sufficient
  clearance or authorization to provide an acceptable presumption
  that they have not introduced malicious logic. (b) Configuration
  control does not provide sufficient assurance that applications
  and the equipment are protected against the introduction of
  malicious logic prior to and during the operation of system
  applications. [NCS04] (See: closed security environment.)

$ Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Reference Model (OSIRM)

  (N) A joint ISO/ITU-T standard [I7498 Part 1] for a seven-layer,
  architectural communication framework for interconnection of
  computers in networks.
  (C) OSI-based standards include communication protocols that are
  mostly incompatible with the Internet Protocol Suite, but also
  include security models, such as X.509, that are used in the
  Internet.
  (C) The OSIRM layers, from highest to lowest, are (7) Application,
  (6) Presentation, (5) Session, (4) Transport, (3) Network, (2)
  Data Link, and (1) Physical. In this Glossary, these layers are
  referred to by number to avoid confusing them with Internet
  Protocol Suite layers, which are referred to by name.
  (C) Some unknown person described how the OSI layers correspond to
  the seven deadly sins:
  7. Wrath: Application is always angry at the mess it sees below
     itself. (Hey! Who is it to be pointing fingers?)
  6. Sloth: Presentation is too lazy to do anything productive by
     itself.
  5. Lust: Session is always craving and demanding what truly
     belongs to Application's functionality.
  4. Avarice: Transport wants all of the end-to-end functionality.
     (Of course, it deserves it, but life isn't fair.)
  3. Gluttony: (Connection-Oriented) Network is overweight and
     overbearing after trying too often to eat Transport's lunch.
  2. Envy: Poor Data Link is always starved for attention. (With
     Asynchronous Transfer Mode, maybe now it is feeling less
     neglected.)
  1. Pride: Physical has managed to avoid much of the controversy,
     and nearly all of the embarrassment, suffered by the others.
  (C) John G. Fletcher described how the OSI layers also correspond
  to Snow White's dwarf friends:
  7. Doc: Application acts as if it is in charge, but sometimes
     muddles its syntax.
  6. Sleepy: Presentation is indolent, being guilty of the sin of
     Sloth.
  5. Dopey: Session is confused because its charter is not very
     clear.
  4. Grumpy: Transport is irritated because Network has encroached
     on Transport's turf.
  3. Happy: Network smiles for the same reason that Transport is
     irritated.
  2. Sneezy: Data Link makes loud noises in the hope of attracting
     attention.
  1. Bashful: Physical quietly does its work, unnoticed by the
     others.

$ operational integrity

  (I) A synonym for "system integrity"; emphasizes the actual
  performance of system functions rather than just the ability to
  perform them.

$ operations security (OPSEC)

  (I) A process to identify, control, and protect evidence of the
  planning and execution of sensitive activities and operations, and
  thereby prevent potential adversaries from gaining knowledge of
  capabilities and intentions.

$ OPSEC

  See: operations security.

$ ORA

  See: organizational registration authority.

$ Orange Book

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "Trusted
  Computer System Evaluation Criteria" [CSC001, DOD1]. Instead, use
  the full, proper name of the document or, in subsequent
  references, the abbreviation "TCSEC". (See: (usage note under)
  Green Book.)

$ organizational certificate

  (O) MISSI usage: A type of MISSI X.509 public-key certificate that
  is issued to support organizational message handling for the U.S.
  Government's Defense Message System.

$ organizational registration authority (ORA)

  (I) General usage: An RA for an organization.
  (O) MISSI usage: The MISSI implementation of RA. A MISSI end
  entity that (a) assists a PCA, CA, or SCA to register other end
  entities, by gathering, verifying, and entering data and
  forwarding it to the signing authority and (b) may also assist
  with card management functions. An ORA is a local administrative
  authority, and the term refers both to the office or role, and to
  the person who fills that office. An ORA does not sign
  certificates, CRLs, or CKLs. (See: no-PIN ORA, SSO-PIN ORA, user-
  PIN ORA.)

$ origin authentication $ origin authenticity

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use these terms because they look like
  careless use of an internationally standardized term. Instead, use
  "data origin authentication" or "peer entity authentication",
  depending which is meant.

$ OSI $ OSIRM

  See: Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model.

$ OTP

  See: One-Time Password.

$ out of band

  (I) Transfer of information using a channel that is outside (i.e.,
  separate from) the channel that is normally used. (See: covert
  channel.)
  (C) Out-of-band mechanisms are often used to distribute shared
  secrets (e.g., a symmetric key) or other sensitive information
  items (e.g., a root key) that are needed to initialize or
  otherwise enable the operation of cryptography or other security
  mechanisms. (See: key distribution.)

$ output feedback (OFB)

  (N) A block cipher mode [FP081] that modifies electronic codebook
  mode to operate on plaintext segments of variable length less than
  or equal to the block length.
  (C) This mode operates by directly using the algorithm's
  previously generated output block as the algorithm's next input
  block (i.e., by "feeding back" the output block) and combining
  (exclusive OR-ing) the output block with the next plaintext
  segment (of block length or less) to form the next ciphertext
  segment.

$ outside attack $ outsider attack

  See: (secondary definition under) attack.

$ P1363

  See: IEEE P1363.

$ PAA

  See: policy approving authority.

$ packet filter

  See: (secondary definition under) filtering router.

$ pagejacking

  (I) A contraction of "Web page hijacking". A masquerade attack in
  which the attacker copies (steals) a home page or other material
  from the target server, rehosts the page on a server the attacker
  controls, and causes the rehosted page to be indexed by the major
  Web search services, thereby diverting browsers from the target
  server to the attacker's server.
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term without including a definition,
  because the term is not listed in most dictionaries and could
  confuse international readers. (See: (usage note under) Green
  Book.)

$ PAN

  See: primary account number.

$ PAP

  See: Password Authentication Protocol.

$ partitioned security mode

  (N) A mode of operation of an information system, wherein all
  users have the clearance, but not necessarily formal access
  authorization and need-to-know, for all information handled by the
  system. This mode is defined in U.S. Department of Defense policy
  regarding system accreditation. [DoD2]

$ passive attack

  See: (secondary definition under) attack.

$ passive wiretapping

  See: (secondary definition under) wiretapping.

$ password

  (I) A secret data value, usually a character string, that is used
  as authentication information. (See: challenge-response.)
  (C) A password is usually matched with a user identifier that is
  explicitly presented in the authentication process, but in some
  cases the identity may be implicit.
  (C) Using a password as authentication information assumes that
  the password is known only by the system entity whose identity is
  being authenticated. Therefore, in a network environment where
  wiretapping is possible, simple authentication that relies on
  transmission of static (i.e., repetitively used) passwords as
  cleartext is inadequate. (See: one-time password, strong
  authentication.)

$ Password Authentication Protocol (PAP)

  (I) A simple authentication mechanism in PPP. In PAP, a user
  identifier and password are transmitted in cleartext. [R1334]
  (See: CHAP.)

$ password sniffing

  (I) Passive wiretapping, usually on a local area network, to gain
  knowledge of passwords. (See: (usage note under) sniffing.)

$ path discovery

  (I) For a digital certificate, the process of finding a set of
  public-key certificates that comprise a certification path from a
  trusted key to that specific certificate.

$ path validation

  (I) The process of validating (a) all of the digital certificates
  in a certification path and (b) the required relationships between
  those certificates, thus validating the contents of the last
  certificate on the path. (See: certificate validation.)

$ payment card

  (N) SET usage: Collectively refers "to credit cards, debit cards,
  charge cards, and bank cards issued by a financial institution and
  which reflects a relationship between the cardholder and the
  financial institution." [SET2]

$ payment gateway

  (O) SET usage: A system operated by an acquirer, or a third party
  designated by an acquirer, for the purpose of providing electronic
  commerce services to the merchants in support of the acquirer, and
  which interfaces to the acquirer to support the authorization,
  capture, and processing of merchant payment messages, including
  payment instructions from cardholders. [SET1, SET2]

$ payment gateway certification authority (SET PCA)

  (O) SET usage: A CA that issues digital certificates to payment
  gateways and is operated on behalf of a payment card brand, an
  acquirer, or another party according to brand rules. A SET PCA
  issues a CRL for compromised payment gateway certificates. [SET2]
  (See: PCA.)

$ PC card

  (N) A type of credit card-sized, plug-in peripheral device that
  was originally developed to provide memory expansion for portable
  computers, but is also used for other kinds of functional
  expansion. (See: FORTEZZA, PCMCIA.)
  (C) The international PC Card Standard defines a non-proprietary
  form factor in three standard sizes--Types I, II and III--each of
  which have a 68-pin interface between the card and the socket into
  which it plugs.  All three types have the same length and width,
  roughly the size of a credit card, but differ in their thickness
  from 3.3 to 10.5 mm. Examples include storage modules, modems,
  device interface adapters, and cryptographic modules.

$ PCA

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this acronym without a qualifying
  adjective because that would be ambiguous. (See: Internet policy
  certification authority, (MISSI) policy creation authority, (SET)
  payment gateway certification authority.)

$ PCMCIA

  (N) Personal Computer Memory Card International Association, a
  group of manufacturers, developers, and vendors, founded in 1989
  to standardize plug-in peripheral memory cards for personal
  computers and now extended to deal with any technology that works
  in the PC card form factor. (See: PC card.)

$ peer entity authentication

  (I) "The corroboration that a peer entity in an association is the
  one claimed." [I7498 Part 2] (See: authentication.)

$ peer entity authentication service

  (I) A security service that verifies an identity claimed by or for
  a system entity in an association. (See: authentication,
  authentication service.)
  (C) This service is used at the establishment of, or at times
  during, an association to confirm the identity of one entity to
  another, thus protecting against a masquerade by the first entity.
  However, unlike data origin authentication service, this service
  requires an association to exist between the two entities, and the
  corroboration provided by the service is valid only at the current
  time that the service is provided.
  (C) See: "relationship between data integrity service and
  authentication services" under data integrity service.

$ PEM

  See: Privacy Enhanced Mail.

$ penetration

  (I) Successful, repeatable, unauthorized access to a protected
  system resource. (See: attack, violation.)

$ penetration test

  (I) A system test, often part of system certification, in which
  evaluators attempt to circumvent the security features of the
  system. [NCS04]
  (C) Penetration testing may be performed under various constraints
  and conditions. However, for a TCSEC evaluation, testers are
  assumed to have all system design and implementation
  documentation, including source code, manuals, and circuit
  diagrams, and to work under no greater constraints than those
  applied to ordinary users.

$ perfect forward secrecy

  See: (discussion under) public-key forward secrecy.

$ perimeter

  See: security perimeter.

$ periods processing

  (I) A mode of system operation in which information of different
  sensitivities is processed at distinctly different times by the
  same system, with the system being properly purged or sanitized
  between periods. (See: color change.)

$ permission

  (I) A synonym for "authorization", but "authorization" is
  preferred in the PKI context. (See: privilege.)

$ personal identification number (PIN)

  (I) A character string used as a password to gain access to a
  system resource. (See: authentication information.)
  (C) Despite the words "identification" and "number", a PIN seldom
  serves as a user identifier, and a PIN's characters are not
  necessarily all numeric. A better name for this concept would have
  been "personal authentication system string (PASS)".
  (C) Retail banking applications commonly use 4-digit PINs.
  FORTEZZA PC card's use up to 12 characters for user or SSO PINs.

$ personality $ personality label

  (O) MISSI usage: A set of MISSI X.509 public-key certificates that
  have the same subject DN, together with their associated private
  keys and usage specifications, that is stored on a FORTEZZA PC
  card to support a role played by the card's user.
  (C) When a card's user selects a personality to use in a FORTEZZA-
  aware application, the data determines behavior traits (the
  personality) of the application. A card's user may have multiple
  personalities on the card. Each has a "personality label", a user-
  friendly character string that applications can display to the
  user for selecting or changing the personality to be used. For
  example, a military user's card might contain three personalities:
  GENERAL HALFTRACK, COMMANDER FORT SWAMPY, and NEW YEAR'S EVE PARTY
  CHAIRMAN. Each personality includes one or more certificates of
  different types (such as DSA versus RSA), for different purposes
  (such as digital signature versus encryption), or with different
  authorizations.

$ personnel security

  (I) Procedures to ensure that persons who access a system have
  proper clearance, authorization, and need-to-know as required by
  the system's security policy.

$ PGP(trademark)

  See: Pretty Good Privacy.

$ Photuris

  (I) A UDP-based, key establishment protocol for session keys,
  designed for use with the IPsec protocols AH and ESP. Superseded
  by IKE.

$ phreaking

  (I) A contraction of "telephone breaking". An attack on or
  penetration of a telephone system or, by extension, any other
  communication or information system. [Raym]
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it is not listed in most
  dictionaries and could confuse international readers.

$ physical security

  (I) Tangible means of preventing unauthorized physical access to a
  system. E.g., fences, walls, and other barriers; locks, safes, and
  vaults; dogs and armed guards; sensors and alarm bells. [FP031,
  R1455]

$ piggyback attack

  (I) A form of active wiretapping in which the attacker gains
  access to a system via intervals of inactivity in another user's
  legitimate communication connection. Sometimes called a "between-
  the-lines" attack. (See: hijack attack, man-in-the-middle attack.)

$ PIN

  See: personal identification number.

$ ping of death

  (I) An attack that sends an improperly large ICMP [R0792] echo
  request packet (a "ping") with the intent of overflowing the input
  buffers of the destination machine and causing it to crash.

$ ping sweep

  (I) An attack that sends ICMP [R0792] echo requests ("pings") to a
  range of IP addresses, with the goal of finding hosts that can be
  probed for vulnerabilities.

$ PKCS

  See: Public-Key Cryptography Standards.

$ PKCS #7

  (N) A standard [PKC07, R2315] from the PKCS series; defines a
  syntax for data that may have cryptography applied to it, such as
  for digital signatures and digital envelopes.

$ PKCS #10

  (N) A standard [PKC10] from the PKCS series; defines a syntax for
  requests for public-key certificates. (See: certification
  request.)
  (C) A PKCS #10 request contains a DN and a public key, and may
  contain other attributes, and is signed by the entity making the
  request. The request is sent to a CA, who converts it to an X.509
  public-key certificate (or some other form) and returns it,
  possibly in PKCS #7 format.

$ PKCS #11

  (N) A standard [PKC11] from the PKCS series; defines a software
  CAPI called Cryptoki (pronounced "crypto-key"; short for
  "cryptographic token interface") for devices that hold
  cryptographic information and perform cryptographic functions.

$ PKI

  See: public-key infrastructure.

$ PKIX

  (I) (1.) A contraction of "Public-Key Infrastructure (X.509)", the
  name of the IETF working group that is specifying an architecture
  and set of protocols needed to support an X.509-based PKI for the
  Internet. (2.) A collective name for that architecture and set of
  protocols.
  (C) The goal of PKIX is to facilitate the use of X.509 public-key
  certificates in multiple Internet applications and to promote
  interoperability between different implementations that use those
  certificates. The resulting PKI is intended to provide a framework
  that supports a range of trust and hierarchy environments and a
  range of usage environments. PKIX specifies (a) profiles of the v3
  X.509 public-key certificate standards and the v2 X.509 CRL
  standards for the Internet; (b) operational protocols used by
  relying parties to obtain information such as certificates or
  certificate status; (c) management protocols used by system
  entities to exchange information needed for proper management of
  the PKI; and (d) information about certificate policies and CPSs,
  covering the areas of PKI security not directly addressed in the
  rest of PKIX.

$ PKIX private extension

  (I) PKIX defines a private extension to identify an on-line
  verification service supporting the issuing CA.

$ plaintext

  (I) Data that is input to and transformed by an encryption
  process, or that is output by a decryption process.
  (C) Usually, the plaintext input to an encryption operation is
  cleartext. But in some cases, the input is ciphertext that was
  output from another encryption operation. (See: superencryption.)

$ Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP)

  (I) An Internet Standard protocol [R1661] for encapsulation and
  full-duplex transportation of network layer (mainly OSI layer 3)
  protocol data packets over a link between two peers, and for
  multiplexing different network layer protocols over the same link.
  Includes optional negotiation to select and use a peer entity
  authentication protocol to authenticate the peers to each other
  before they exchange network layer data. (See: CHAP, EAP, PAP.)

$ Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)

  (I) An Internet client-server protocol (originally developed by
  Ascend and Microsoft) that enables a dial-up user to create a
  virtual extension of the dial-up link across a network by
  tunneling PPP over IP. (See: L2TP.)
  (C) PPP can encapsulate any Internet Protocol Suite network layer
  protocol (or OSI layer 3 protocol). Therefore, PPTP does not
  specify security services; it depends on protocols above and below
  it to provide any needed security. PPTP makes it possible to
  divorce the location of the initial dial-up server (i.e., the PPTP
  Access Concentrator, the client, which runs on a special-purpose
  host) from the location at which the dial-up protocol (PPP)
  connection is terminated and access to the network is provided
  (i.e., the PPTP Network Server, which runs on a general-purpose
  host).

$ policy

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this word as an abbreviation for either
  "security policy" or "certificate policy". Instead, to avoid
  misunderstanding, use the fully qualified term, at least at the
  point of first usage.

$ policy approving authority (PAA)

  (O) MISSI usage: The top-level signing authority of a MISSI
  certification hierarchy. The term refers both to that
  authoritative office or role and to the person who plays that
  role. (See: root registry.)
  (C) A PAA registers MISSI PCAs and signs their X.509 public-key
  certificates. A PAA issues CRLs but does not issue a CKL. A PAA
  may issue cross-certificates to other PAAs.

$ policy certification authority (Internet PCA)

  (I) An X.509-compliant CA at the second level of the Internet
  certification hierarchy, under the Internet Policy Registration
  Authority (IPRA). Each PCA operates in accordance with its
  published security policy (see: certification practice statement)
  and within constraints established by the IPRA for all PCAs.
  [R1422]. (See: policy creation authority.)

$ policy creation authority (MISSI PCA)

  (O) MISSI usage: The second level of a MISSI certification
  hierarchy; the administrative root of a security policy domain of
  MISSI users and other, subsidiary authorities. The term refers
  both to that authoritative office or role and to the person who
  fills that office. (See: policy certification authority.)
  (C) A MISSI PCA's certificate is issued by a policy approving
  authority. The PCA registers the CAs in its domain, defines their
  configurations, and issues their X.509 public-key certificates.
  (The PCA may also issue certificates for SCAs, ORAs, and other end
  entities, but a PCA does not usually do this.) The PCA
  periodically issues CRLs and CKLs for its domain.

$ Policy Management Authority

  (N) Canadian usage: An organization responsible for PKI oversight
  and policy management in the Government of Canada.

$ policy mapping

  (I) "Recognizing that, when a CA in one domain certifies a CA in
  another domain, a particular certificate policy in the second
  domain may be considered by the authority of the first domain to
  be equivalent (but not necessarily identical in all respects) to a
  particular certificate policy in the first domain." [X509]

$ POP3

  See: Post Office Protocol, version 3.

$ POP3 APOP

  (I) A POP3 "command" (better described as a transaction type, or a
  protocol-within-a-protocol) by which a POP3 client optionally uses
  a keyed hash (based on MD5) to authenticate itself to a POP3
  server and, depending on the server implementation, to protect
  against replay attacks. (See: CRAM, POP3 AUTH, IMAP4
  AUTHENTICATE.)
  (C) The server includes a unique timestamp in its greeting to the
  client. The subsequent APOP command sent by the client to the
  server contains the client's name and the hash result of applying
  MD5 to a string formed from both the timestamp and a shared secret
  that is known only to the client and the server. APOP was designed
  to provide as an alternative to using POP3's USER and PASS (i.e.,
  password) command pair, in which the client sends a cleartext
  password to the server.

$ POP3 AUTH

  (I) A "command" [R1734] (better described as a transaction type,
  or a protocol-within-a-protocol) in POP3, by which a POP3 client
  optionally proposes a mechanism to a POP3 server to authenticate
  the client to the server and provide other security services.
  (See: POP3 APOP, IMAP4 AUTHENTICATE.)
  (C) If the server accepts the proposal, the command is followed by
  performing a challenge-response authentication protocol and,
  optionally, negotiating a protection mechanism for subsequent POP3
  interactions. The security mechanisms used by POP3 AUTH are those
  used by IMAP4.

$ port scan

  (I) An attack that sends client requests to a range of server port
  addresses on a host, with the goal of finding an active port and
  exploiting a known vulnerability of that service.

$ POSIX

  (N) Portable Operating System Interface for Computer Environments,
  a standard [FP151, IS9945-1] (originally IEEE Standard P1003.1)
  that defines an operating system interface and environment to
  support application portability at the source code level. It is
  intended to be used by both application developers and system
  implementers.
  (C) P1003.1 supports security functionality like those on most
  UNIX systems, including discretionary access control and
  privilege. IEEE Draft Standard P1003.6.1 specifies additional
  functionality not provided in the base standard, including (a)
  discretionary access control, (b) audit trail mechanisms, (c)
  privilege mechanisms, (d) mandatory access control, and (e)
  information label mechanisms.

$ Post Office Protocol, version 3 (POP3)

  (I) An Internet Standard protocol [R1939] by which a client
  workstation can dynamically access a mailbox on a server host to
  retrieve mail messages that the server has received and is holding
  for the client. (See: IMAP4.)
  (C) POP3 has mechanisms for optionally authenticating a client to
  a server and providing other security services. (See: POP3 APOP,
  POP3 AUTH.)

$ PPP

  See: Point-to-Point Protocol.

$ PPTP

  See: Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol.

$ pre-authorization

  (I) A capability of a CAW that enables certification requests to
  be automatically validated against data provided in advance to the
  CA by an authorizing entity.

$ Pretty Good Privacy(trademark) (PGP(trademark))

  (O) Trademarks of Network Associates, Inc., referring to a
  computer program (and related protocols) that uses cryptography to
  provide data security for electronic mail and other applications
  on the Internet. (See: MOSS, PEM, S/MIME.)
  (C) PGP encrypts messages with IDEA in CFB mode, distributes the
  IDEA keys by encrypting them with RSA, and creates digital
  signatures on messages with MD5 and RSA. To establish ownership of
  public keys, PGP depends on the web of trust. (See: Privacy
  Enhanced Mail.)

$ primary account number (PAN)

  (O) SET usage: "The assigned number that identifies the card
  issuer and cardholder. This account number is composed of an
  issuer identification number, an individual account number
  identification, and an accompanying check digit as defined by ISO
  7812-1985." [SET2, IS7812] (See: bank identification number.)
  (C) The PAN is embossed, encoded, or both on a magnetic-strip-
  based credit card. The PAN identifies the issuer to which a
  transaction is to be routed and the account to which it is to be
  applied unless specific instructions indicate otherwise. The
  authority that assigns the bank identification number part of the
  PAN is the American Bankers Association.

$ privacy

  (I) The right of an entity (normally a person), acting in its own
  behalf, to determine the degree to which it will interact with its
  environment, including the degree to which the entity is willing
  to share information about itself with others. (See: anonymity.)
  (O) "The right of individuals to control or influence what
  information related to them may be collected and stored and by
  whom and to whom that information may be disclosed." [I7498 Part
  2]
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "data
  confidentiality" or "data confidentiality service", which are
  different concepts. Privacy is a reason for security rather than a
  kind of security. For example, a system that stores personal data
  needs to protect the data to prevent harm, embarrassment,
  inconvenience, or unfairness to any person about whom data is
  maintained, and to protect the person's privacy. For that reason,
  the system may need to provide data confidentiality service.

$ Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM)

  (I) An Internet protocol to provide data confidentiality, data
  integrity, and data origin authentication for electronic mail.
  [R1421, R1422]. (See: MOSS, MSP, PGP, S/MIME.)
  (C) PEM encrypts messages with DES in CBC mode, provides key
  distribution of DES keys by encrypting them with RSA, and signs
  messages with RSA over either MD2 or MD5. To establish ownership
  of public keys, PEM uses a certification hierarchy, with X.509
  public-key certificates and X.509 CRLs that are signed with RSA
  and MD2. (See: Pretty Good Privacy.)
  (C) PEM is designed to be compatible with a wide range of key
  management methods, but is limited to specifying security services
  only for text messages and, like MOSS, has not been widely
  implemented in the Internet.

$ private component

  (I) A synonym for "private key".
  (D) In most cases, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; to avoid
  confusing readers, use "private key" instead. However, the term
  MAY be used when specifically discussing a key pair; e.g., "A key
  pair has a public component and a private component."

$ private extension

  See: (secondary definition under) extension.

$ private key

  (I) The secret component of a pair of cryptographic keys used for
  asymmetric cryptography. (See: key pair, public key.)
  (O) "(In a public key cryptosystem) that key of a user's key pair
  which is known only by that user." [X509]

$ privilege

  (I) An authorization or set of authorizations to perform security-
  relevant functions, especially in the context of a computer
  operating system.

$ privilege management infrastructure

  (N) "The complete set of processes required to provide an
  authorization service", i.e., processes concerned with attribute
  certificates. [FPDAM] (See: PKI.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term and its definition because the
  definition is vague, and there is no consensus on an alternate
  definition.

$ privileged process

  (I) An computer process that is authorized (and, therefore,
  trusted) to perform some security-relevant functions that ordinary
  processes are not. (See: privilege, trusted process.)

$ procedural security

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "administrative
  security". Any type of security may involve procedures; therefore,
  the term may be misleading. Instead, use "administrative
  security", "communication security", "computer security",
  "emanations security", "personnel security", "physical security",
  or whatever specific type is meant. (See: security architecture.)

$ proprietary

  (I) Refers to information (or other property) that is owned by an
  individual or organization and for which the use is restricted by
  that entity.

$ protected checksum

  (I) A checksum that is computed for a data object by means that
  protect against active attacks that would attempt to change the
  checksum to make it match changes made to the data object. (See:
  digital signature, keyed hash, (discussion under) checksum.

$ protected distribution system

  (I) A wireline or fiber-optic system that includes sufficient
  safeguards (acoustic, electric, electromagnetic, and physical) to
  permit its use for unencrypted transmission of (cleartext) data.

$ protection authority

  See: (secondary definition under) Internet Protocol Security
  Option.

$ protection ring

  (I) One of a hierarchy of privileged operation modes of a system
  that gives certain access rights to processes authorized to
  operate in that mode.

$ protocol

  (I) A set of rules (i.e., formats and procedures) to implement and
  control some type of association (e.g., communication) between
  systems. (E.g., see: Internet Protocol.)
  (C) In particular, a series of ordered steps involving computing
  and communication that are performed by two or more system
  entities to achieve a joint objective. [A9042]

$ protocol suite

  (I) A complementary collection of communication protocols used in
  a computer network. (See: Internet, OSI.)

$ proxy server

  (I) A computer process--often used as, or as part of, a firewall--
  that relays a protocol between client and server computer systems,
  by appearing to the client to be the server and appearing to the
  server to be the client. (See: SOCKS.)
  (C) In a firewall, a proxy server usually runs on a bastion host,
  which may support proxies for several protocols (e.g., FTP, HTTP,
  and TELNET). Instead of a client in the protected enclave
  connecting directly to an external server, the internal client
  connects to the proxy server which in turn connects to the
  external server. The proxy server waits for a request from inside
  the firewall, forwards the request to the remote server outside
  the firewall, gets the response, then sends the response back to
  the client. The proxy may be transparent to the clients, or they
  may need to connect first to the proxy server, and then use that
  association to also initiate a connection to the real server.
  (C) Proxies are generally preferred over SOCKS for their ability
  to perform caching, high-level logging, and access control. A
  proxy can provide security service beyond that which is normally
  part of the relayed protocol, such as access control based on peer
  entity authentication of clients, or peer entity authentication of
  servers when clients do not have that capability. A proxy at OSI
  layer 7 can also provide finer-grained security service than can a
  filtering router at OSI layer 3. For example, an FTP proxy could
  permit transfers out of, but not into, a protected network.

$ pseudo-random

  (I) A sequence of values that appears to be random (i.e.,
  unpredictable) but is actually generated by a deterministic
  algorithm. (See: random.)

$ pseudo-random number generator

  (I) A process used to deterministically generate a series of
  numbers (usually integers) that appear to be random according to
  certain statistical tests, but actually are pseudo-random.
  (C) Pseudo-random number generators are usually implemented in
  software.

$ public component

  (I) A synonym for "public key".
  (D) In most cases, ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; to avoid
  confusing readers, use "private key" instead. However, the term
  MAY be used when specifically discussing a key pair; e.g., "A key
  pair has a public component and a private component."

$ public key

  (I) The publicly-disclosable component of a pair of cryptographic
  keys used for asymmetric cryptography. (See: key pair, private
  key.)
  (O) "(In a public key cryptosystem) that key of a user's key pair
  which is publicly known." [X509]

$ public-key certificate

  (I) A digital certificate that binds a system entity's identity to
  a public key value, and possibly to additional data items; a
  digitally-signed data structure that attests to the ownership of a
  public key. (See: X.509 public-key certificate.)
  (C) The digital signature on a public-key certificate is
  unforgeable. Thus, the certificate can be published, such as by
  posting it in a directory, without the directory having to protect
  the certificate's data integrity.
  (O) "The public key of a user, together with some other
  information, rendered unforgeable by encipherment with the private
  key of the certification authority which issued it." [X509]

$ public-key cryptography

  (I) The popular synonym for "asymmetric cryptography".

$ Public-Key Cryptography Standards (PKCS)

  (I) A series of specifications published by RSA Laboratories for
  data structures and algorithm usage for basic applications of
  asymmetric cryptography. (See: PKCS #7, PKCS #10, PKCS #11.)
  (C) The PKCS were begun in 1991 in cooperation with industry and
  academia, originally including Apple, Digital, Lotus, Microsoft,
  Northern Telecom, Sun, and MIT. Today, the specifications are
  widely used, but they are not sanctioned by an official standards
  organization, such as ANSI, ITU-T, or IETF. RSA Laboratories
  retains sole decision-making authority over the PKCS.

$ public-key forward secrecy (PFS)

  (I) For a key agreement protocol based on asymmetric cryptography,
  the property that ensures that a session key derived from a set of
  long-term public and private keys will not be compromised if one
  of the private keys is compromised in the future.
  (C) Some existing RFCs use the term "perfect forward secrecy" but
  either do not define it or do not define it precisely. While
  preparing this Glossary, we tried to find a good definition for
  that term, but found this to be a muddled area. Experts did not
  agree. For all practical purposes, the literature defines "perfect
  forward secrecy" by stating the Diffie-Hellman algorithm. The term
  "public-key forward secrecy" (suggested by Hilarie Orman) and the
  "I" definition stated for it here were crafted to be compatible
  with current Internet documents, yet be narrow and leave room for
  improved terminology.
  (C) Challenge to the Internet security community: We need a
  taxonomy--a family of mutually exclusive and collectively
  exhaustive terms and definitions to cover the basic properties
  discussed here--for the full range of cryptographic algorithms and
  protocols used in Internet Standards:
  (C) Involvement of session keys vs. long-term keys: Experts
  disagree about the basic ideas involved.
   - One concept of "forward secrecy" is that, given observations of
  the operation of a key establishment protocol up to time t, and
  given some of the session keys derived from those protocol runs,
  you cannot derive unknown past session keys or future session
  keys.
   - A related property is that, given observations of the protocol
  and knowledge of the derived session keys, you cannot derive one
  or more of the long-term private keys.
   - The "I" definition presented above involves a third concept of
  "forward secrecy" that refers to the effect of the compromise of
  long-term keys.
   - All three concepts involve the idea that a compromise of "this"
  encryption key is not supposed to compromise the "next" one. There
  also is the idea that compromise of a single key will compromise
  only the data protected by the single key. In Internet literature,
  the focus has been on protection against decryption of back
  traffic in the event of a compromise of secret key material held
  by one or both parties to a communication.
  (C) Forward vs. backward: Experts are unhappy with the word
  "forward", because compromise of "this" encryption key also is not
  supposed to compromise the "previous" one, which is "backward"
  rather than forward. In S/KEY, if the key used at time t is
  compromised, then all keys used prior to that are compromised. If
  the "long-term" key (i.e., the base of the hashing scheme) is
  compromised, then all keys past and future are compromised; thus,
  you could say that S/KEY has neither forward nor backward secrecy.
  (C) Asymmetric cryptography vs. symmetric: Experts disagree about
  forward secrecy in the context of symmetric cryptographic systems.
  In the absence of asymmetric cryptography, compromise of any long-
  term key seems to compromise any session key derived from the
  long-term key. For example, Kerberos isn't forward secret, because
  compromising a client's password (thus compromising the key shared
  by the client and the authentication server) compromises future
  session keys shared by the client and the ticket-granting server.
  (C) Ordinary forward secrecy vs. "perfect" forward secret: Experts
  disagree about the difference between these two. Some say there is
  no difference, and some say that the initial naming was
  unfortunate and suggest dropping the word "perfect". Some suggest
  using "forward secrecy" for the case where one long-term private
  key is compromised, and adding "perfect" for when both private
  keys (or, when the protocol is multi-party, all private keys) are
  compromised.
  (C) Acknowledgements: Bill Burr, Burt Kaliski, Steve Kent, Paul
  Van Oorschot, Michael Wiener, and, especially, Hilarie Orman
  contributed ideas to this discussion.

$ public-key infrastructure (PKI)

  (I) A system of CAs (and, optionally, RAs and other supporting
  servers and agents) that perform some set of certificate
  management, archive management, key management, and token
  management functions for a community of users in an application of
  asymmetric cryptography. (See: hierarchical PKI, mesh PKI,
  security management infrastructure, trust-file PKI.)
  (O) PKIX usage: The set of hardware, software, people, policies,
  and procedures needed to create, manage, store, distribute, and
  revoke digital certificates based on asymmetric cryptography.
  (C) The core PKI functions are (a) to register users and issue
  their public-key certificates, (b) to revoke certificates when
  required, and (c) to archive data needed to validate certificates
  at a much later time. Key pairs for data confidentiality may be
  generated (and perhaps escrowed) by CAs or RAs, but requiring a
  PKI client to generate its own digital signature key pair helps
  maintain system integrity of the cryptographic system, because
  then only the client ever possesses the private key it uses. Also,
  an authority may be established to approve or coordinate CPSs,
  which are security policies under which components of a PKI
  operate.
  (C) A number of other servers and agents may support the core PKI,
  and PKI clients may obtain services from them. The full range of
  such services is not yet fully understood and is evolving, but
  supporting roles may include archive agent, certified delivery
  agent, confirmation agent, digital notary, directory, key escrow
  agent, key generation agent, naming agent who ensures that issuers
  and subjects have unique identifiers within the PKI, repository,
  ticket-granting agent, and time stamp agent.

$ RA

  See: registration authority.

$ RA domains

  (I) A capability of a CAW that allows a CA to divide the
  responsibility for certification requests among multiple RAs.
  (C) This capability might be used to restrict access to private
  authorization data that is provided with a certification request,
  and to distribute the responsibility to review and approve
  certification requests in high volume environments. RA domains
  might segregate certification requests according to an attribute
  of the certificate subject, such as an organizational unit.

$ RADIUS

  See: Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service.

$ Rainbow Series

  (O) A set of more than 30 technical and policy documents with
  colored covers, issued by the NCSC, that discuss in detail the
  TCSEC and provide guidance for meeting and applying the criteria.
  (See: Green Book, Orange Book, Red Book, Yellow Book.)

$ random

  (I) General usage: In mathematics, random means "unpredictable". A
  sequence of values is called random if each successive value is
  obtained merely by chance and does not depend on the preceding
  values of the sequence, and a selected individual value is called
  random if each of the values in the total population of
  possibilities has equal probability of being selected. [Knuth]
  (See: cryptographic key, pseudo-random, random number generator.)
  (I) Security usage: In cryptography and other security
  applications, random means not only unpredictable, but also
  "unguessable". When selecting data values to use for cryptographic
  keys, "the requirement is for data that an adversary has a very
  low probability of guessing or determining." It is not sufficient
  to use data that "only meets traditional statistical tests for
  randomness or which is based on limited range sources, such as
  clocks. Frequently such random quantities are determinable [i.e.,
  guessable] by an adversary searching through an embarrassingly
  small space of possibilities." [R1750]

$ random number generator

  (I) A process used to generate an unpredictable, uniformly
  distributed series of numbers (usually integers). (See: pseudo-
  random, random.)
  (C) True random number generators are hardware-based devices that
  depend on the output of a "noisy diode" or other physical
  phenomena. [R1750]

$ RBAC

  See: Role-Based Access Control.

$ RC2 $ RC4

  See: Rivest Cipher #2, Rivest Cipher #4.

$ realm

  (O) Kerberos usage: The domain of authority of a Kerberos server
  (consisting of an authentication server and a ticket-granting
  server), including the Kerberized clients and the Kerberized
  application servers

$ RED

  (I) Designation for information system equipment or facilities
  that handle (and for data that contains) only plaintext (or,
  depending on the context, classified information), and for such
  data itself. This term derives from U.S. Government COMSEC
  terminology. (See: BLACK, RED/BLACK separation.)

$ Red Book

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "Trusted
  Network Interpretation of the Trusted Computer System Evaluation
  Criteria" [NCS05]. Instead, use the full proper name of the
  document or, in subsequent references, a more conventional
  abbreviation. (See: TCSEC, Rainbow Series, (usage note under)
  Green Book.)

$ RED/BLACK separation

  (I) An architectural concept for cryptographic systems that
  strictly separates the parts of a system that handle plaintext
  (i.e., RED information) from the parts that handle ciphertext
  (i.e., BLACK information). This term derives from U.S. Government
  COMSEC terminology. (See: BLACK, RED.)

$ reference monitor

  (I) "An access control concept that refers to an abstract machine
  that mediates all accesses to objects by subjects." [NCS04] (See:
  security kernel.)
  (C) A reference monitor should be (a) complete (i.e., it mediates
  every access), (b) isolated (i.e., it cannot be modified by other
  system entities), and (c) verifiable (i.e., small enough to be
  subjected to analysis and tests to ensure that it is correct).

$ reflection attack

  (I) A type of replay attack in which transmitted data is sent back
  to its originator.

$ register $ registration

  (I) An administrative act or process whereby an entity's name and
  other attributes are established for the first time at a CA, prior
  to the CA issuing a digital certificate that has the entity's name
  as the subject. (See: registration authority.)
  (C) Registration may be accomplished either directly, by the CA,
  or indirectly, by a separate RA. An entity is presented to the CA
  or RA, and the authority either records the name(s) claimed for
  the entity or assigns the entity's name(s). The authority also
  determines and records other attributes of the entity that are to
  be bound in a certificate (such as a public key or authorizations)
  or maintained in the authority's database (such as street address
  and telephone number). The authority is responsible, possibly
  assisted by an RA, for authenticating the entity's identity and
  verifying the correctness of the other attributes, in accordance
  with the CA's CPS.
  (C) Among the registration issues that a CPS may address are the
  following [R2527]:
   - How a claimed identity and other attributes are verified.
   - How organization affiliation or representation is verified.
   - What forms of names are permitted, such as X.500 DN, domain
     name, or IP address.
   - Whether names are required to be meaningful or unique, and
     within what domain.
   - How naming disputes are resolved, including the role of
     trademarks.
   - Whether certificates are issued to entities that are not
     persons.
   - Whether a person is required to appear before the CA or RA, or
     can instead be represented by an agent.
   - Whether and how an entity proves possession of the private key
     matching a public key.

$ registration authority (RA)

  (I) An optional PKI entity (separate from the CAs) that does not
  sign either digital certificates or CRLs but has responsibility
  for recording or verifying some or all of the information
  (particularly the identities of subjects) needed by a CA to issue
  certificates and CRLs and to perform other certificate management
  functions. (See: organizational registration authority,
  registration.)
  (C) Sometimes, a CA may perform all certificate management
  functions for all end users for which the CA signs certificates.
  Other times, such as in a large or geographically dispersed
  community, it may be necessary or desirable to offload secondary
  CA functions and delegate them to an assistant, while the CA
  retains the primary functions (signing certificates and CRLs). The
  tasks that are delegated to an RA by a CA may include personal
  authentication, name assignment, token distribution, revocation
  reporting, key generation, and archiving. An RA is an optional PKI
  component, separate from the CA, that is assigned secondary
  functions. The duties assigned to RAs vary from case to case but
  may include the following:
   - Verifying a subject's identity, i.e., performing personal
     authentication functions.
   - Assigning a name to a subject. (See: distinguished name.)
   - Verifying that a subject is entitled to have the attributes
     requested for a certificate.
   - Verifying that a subject possesses the private key that matches
     the public key requested for a certificate.
   - Performing functions beyond mere registration, such as
     generating key pairs, distributing tokens, and handling
     revocation reports. (Such functions may be assigned to a PKI
     element that is separate from both the CA and the RA.)
  (I) PKIX usage: An optional PKI component, separate from the
  CA(s). The functions that the RA performs will vary from case to
  case but may include identity authentication and name assignment,
  key generation and archiving of key pairs, token distribution, and
  revocation reporting. [R2510]
  (O) SET usage: "An independent third-party organization that
  processes payment card applications for multiple payment card
  brands and forwards applications to the appropriate financial
  institutions." [SET2]

$ regrade

  (I) Deliberately change the classification level of information in
  an authorized manner.

$ rekey

  (I) Change the value of a cryptographic key that is being used in
  an application of a cryptographic system. (See: certificate
  rekey.)
  (C) For example, rekey is required at the end of a cryptoperiod or
  key lifetime.

$ reliability

  (I) The ability of a system to perform a required function under
  stated conditions for a specified period of time. (See:
  availability, survivability.)

$ relying party

  (N) A synonym for "certificate user". Used in a legal context to
  mean a recipient of a certificate who acts in reliance on that
  certificate. (See: ABA Guidelines.)

$ Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS)

  (I) An Internet protocol [R2138] for carrying dial-in users'
  authentication information and configuration information between a
  shared, centralized authentication server (the RADIUS server) and
  a network access server (the RADIUS client) that needs to
  authenticate the users of its network access ports. (See: TACACS.)
  (C) A user of the RADIUS client presents authentication
  information to the client, and the client passes that information
  to the RADIUS server. The server authenticates the client using a
  shared secret value, then checks the user's authentication
  information, and finally returns to the client all authorization
  and configuration information needed by the client to deliver
  service to the user.

$ renew

  See: certificate renewal.

$ replay attack

  (I) An attack in which a valid data transmission is maliciously or
  fraudulently repeated, either by the originator or by an adversary
  who intercepts the data and retransmits it, possibly as part of a
  masquerade attack. (See: active wiretapping.)

$ repository

  (I) A system for storing and distributing digital certificates and
  related information (including CRLs, CPSs, and certificate
  policies) to certificate users. (See: directory.)
  (O) "A trustworthy system for storing and retrieving certificates
  or other information relevant to certificates." [ABA]
  (C) A certificate is published to those who might need it by
  putting it in a repository. The repository usually is a publicly
  accessible, on-line server. In the Federal Public-key
  Infrastructure, for example, the expected repository is a
  directory that uses LDAP, but also may be the X.500 Directory that
  uses DAP, or an HTTP server, or an FTP server that permits
  anonymous login.

$ repudiation

  (I) Denial by a system entity that was involved in an association
  (especially an association that transfers information) of having
  participated in the relationship. (See: accountability, non-
  repudiation service.)
  (O) "Denial by one of the entities involved in a communication of
  having participated in all or part of the communication." [I7498
  Part 2]

$ Request for Comment (RFC)

  (I) One of the documents in the archival series that is the
  official channel for ISDs and other publications of the Internet
  Engineering Steering Group, the Internet Architecture Board, and
  the Internet community in general. [R2026, R2223] (See: Internet
  Standard.)
  (C) This term is *not* a synonym for "Internet Standard".

$ residual risk

  (I) The risk that remains after countermeasures have been applied.

$ restore

  See: card restore.

$ revocation

  See: certificate revocation.

$ revocation date

  (N) In an X.509 CRL entry, a date-time field that states when the
  certificate revocation occurred, i.e., when the CA declared the
  digital certificate to be invalid. (See: invalidity date.)
  (C) The revocation date may not resolve some disputes because, in
  the worst case, all signatures made during the validity period of
  the certificate may have to be considered invalid. However, it may
  be desirable to treat a digital signature as valid even though the
  private key used to sign was compromised after the signing. If
  more is known about when the compromise actually occurred, a
  second date-time, an "invalidity date", can be included in an
  extension of the CRL entry.

$ revocation list

  See: certificate revocation list.

$ revoke

  See: certificate revocation.

$ RFC

  See: Request for Comment.

$ risk

  (I) An expectation of loss expressed as the probability that a
  particular threat will exploit a particular vulnerability with a
  particular harmful result.
  (O) SET usage: "The possibility of loss because of one or more
  threats to information (not to be confused with financial or
  business risk)." [SET2]

$ risk analysis $ risk assessment

  (I) A process that systematically identifies valuable system
  resources and threats to those resources, quantifies loss
  exposures (i.e., loss potential) based on estimated frequencies
  and costs of occurrence, and (optionally) recommends how to
  allocate resources to countermeasures so as to minimize total
  exposure.
  (C) The analysis lists risks in order of cost and criticality,
  thereby determining where countermeasures should be applied first.
  It is usually financially and technically infeasible to counteract
  all aspects of risk, and so some residual risk will remain, even
  after all available countermeasures have been deployed. [FP031,
  R2196]

$ risk management

  (I) The process of identifying, controlling, and eliminating or
  minimizing uncertain events that may affect system resources.
  (See: risk analysis.)

$ Rivest Cipher #2 (RC2)

  (N) A proprietary, variable-key-length block cipher invented by
  Ron Rivest for RSA Data Security, Inc. (now a wholly-owned
  subsidiary of Security Dynamics, Inc.).

$ Rivest Cipher #4 (RC4)

  (N) A proprietary, variable-key-length stream cipher invented by
  Ron Rivest for RSA Data Security, Inc. (now a wholly-owned
  subsidiary of Security Dynamics, Inc.).

$ Rivest-Shamir-Adleman (RSA)

  (N) An algorithm for asymmetric cryptography, invented in 1977 by
  Ron Rivest, Adi Shamir, and Leonard Adleman [RSA78, Schn].
  (C) RSA uses exponentiation modulo the product of two large prime
  numbers. The difficulty of breaking RSA is believed to be
  equivalent to the difficulty of factoring integers that are the
  product of two large prime numbers of approximately equal size.
  (C) To create an RSA key pair, randomly choose two large prime
  numbers, p and q, and compute the modulus, n = pq. Randomly choose
  a number e, the public exponent, that is less than n and
  relatively prime to (p-1)(q-1). Choose another number d, the
  private exponent, such that ed-1 evenly divides (p-1)(q-1). The
  public key is the set of numbers (n,e), and the private key is the
  set (n,d).
  (C) It is assumed to be difficult to compute the private key (n,d)
  from the public key (n,e). However, if n can be factored into p
  and q, then the private key d can be computed easily. Thus, RSA
  security depends on the assumption that it is computationally
  difficult to factor a number that is the product of two large
  prime numbers. (Of course, p and q are treated as part of the
  private key, or else destroyed after computing n.)
  (C) For encryption of a message, m, to be sent to Bob, Alice uses
  Bob's public key (n,e) to compute m**e (mod n) = c. She sends c to
  Bob. Bob computes c**d (mod n) = m. Only Bob knows d, so only Bob
  can compute c**d (mod n) = m to recover m.
  (C) To provide data origin authentication of a message, m, to be
  sent to Bob, Alice computes m**d (mod n) = s, where (d,n) is
  Alice's private key. She sends m and s to Bob. To recover the
  message that only Alice could have sent, Bob computes s**e (mod n)
  = m, where (e,n) is Alice's public key.
  (C) To ensure data integrity in addition to data origin
  authentication requires extra computation steps in which Alice and
  Bob use a cryptographic hash function h (as explained for digital
  signature). Alice computes the hash value h(m) = v, and then
  encrypts v with her private key to get s. She sends m and s. Bob
  receives m' and s', either of which might have been changed from
  the m and s that Alice sent. To test this, he decrypts s' with
  Alice's public key to get v'. He then computes h(m') = v". If v'
  equals v", Bob is assured that m' is the same m that Alice sent.

$ role-based access control (RBAC)

  (I) A form of identity-based access control where the system
  entities that are identified and controlled are functional
  positions in an organization or process.

$ root

  (I) A CA that is directly trusted by an end entity. Acquiring the
  value of a root CA's public key involves an out-of-band procedure.
  (I) Hierarchical PKI usage: The CA that is the highest level (most
  trusted) CA in a certification hierarchy; i.e., the authority upon
  whose public key all certificate users base their trust. (See: top
  CA.)
  (C) In a hierarchical PKI, a root issues public-key certificates
  to one or more additional CAs that form the second highest level.
  Each of these CAs may issue certificates to more CAs at the third
  highest level, and so on. To initialize operation of a
  hierarchical PKI, the root's initial public key is securely
  distributed to all certificate users in a way that does not depend
  on the PKI's certification relationships. The root's public key
  may be distributed simply as a numerical value, but typically is
  distributed in a self-signed certificate in which the root is the
  subject. The root's certificate is signed by the root itself
  because there is no higher authority in a certification hierarchy.
  The root's certificate is then the first certificate in every
  certification path.
  (O) MISSI usage: A name previously used for a MISSI policy
  creation authority, which is not a root as defined above for
  general usage, but is a CA at the second level of the MISSI
  hierarchy, immediately subordinate to a MISSI policy approving
  authority.
  (O) UNIX usage: A user account (also called "superuser") that has
  all privileges (including all security-related privileges) and
  thus can manage the system and its other user accounts.

$ root certificate

  (I) A certificate for which the subject is a root.
  (I) Hierarchical PKI usage: The self-signed public-key certificate
  at the top of a certification hierarchy.

$ root key

  (I) A public key for which the matching private key is held by a
  root.

$ root registry

  (O) MISSI usage: A name previously used for a MISSI policy
  approving authority.

$ router

  (I) A computer that is a gateway between two networks at OSI layer
  3 and that relays and directs data packets through that
  internetwork. The most common form of router operates on IP
  packets. (See: bridge.)
  (I) Internet usage: In the context of the Internet protocol suite,
  a networked computer that forwards Internet Protocol packets that
  are not addressed to the computer itself. (See: host.)

$ RSA

  See: Rivest-Shamir-Adleman.

$ rule-based security policy

  (I) "A security policy based on global rules imposed for all
  users. These rules usually rely on comparison of the sensitivity
  of the resource being accessed and the possession of corresponding
  attributes of users, a group of users, or entities acting on
  behalf of users." [I7498 Part 2] (See: identity-based security
  policy.)

$ safety

  (I) The property of a system being free from risk of causing harm
  to system entities and outside entities.

$ SAID

  See: security association identifier.

$ salt

  (I) A random value that is concatenated with a password before
  applying the one-way encryption function used to protect passwords
  that are stored in the database of an access control system. (See:
  initialization value.)
  (C) Salt protects a password-based access control system against a
  dictionary attack.

$ sanitize

  (I) Delete sensitive data from a file, a device, or a system; or
  modify data so as to be able to downgrade its classification
  level.

$ SASL

  See: Simple Authentication and Security Layer.

$ SCA

  See: subordinate certification authority.

$ scavenging

  See: (secondary definition under) threat consequence.

$ screening router

  (I) A synonym for "filtering router".

$ SDE

  See: Secure Data Exchange.

$ SDNS

  See: Secure Data Network System.

$ seal

  (O) To use cryptography to provide data integrity service for a
  data object. (See: sign, wrap.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this definition; instead, use language
  that is more specific with regard to the mechanism(s) used, such
  as "sign" when the mechanism is digital signature.

$ secret

  (I) (1.) Adjective: The condition of information being protected
  from being known by any system entities except those who are
  intended to know it. (2.) Noun: An item of information that is
  protected thusly.
  (C) This term applies to symmetric keys, private keys, and
  passwords.

$ secret-key cryptography

  (I) A synonym for "symmetric cryptography".

$ Secure Data Exchange (SDE)

  (N) A local area network security protocol defined by the IEEE
  802.10 standard.

$ Secure Data Network System (SDNS)

  (N) An NSA program that developed security protocols for
  electronic mail (Message Security Protocol), OSI layer 3 (SP3),
  OSI layer 4 (SP4), and key management (KMP).

$ Secure Hash Standard (SHS)

  (N) The U.S. Government standard [FP180] that specifies the Secure
  Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), a cryptographic hash function that
  produces a 160-bit output (hash result) for input data of any
  length < 2**64 bits.

$ Secure Hypertext Transfer Protocol (Secure-HTTP, S-HTTP)

  (I) A Internet protocol for providing client-server security
  services for HTTP communications. (See: https.)
  (C) S-HTTP was originally specified by CommerceNet, a coalition of
  businesses interested in developing the Internet for commercial
  uses. Several message formats may be incorporated into S-HTTP
  clients and servers, particularly CMS and MOSS. S-HTTP supports
  choice of security policies, key management mechanisms, and
  cryptographic algorithms through option negotiation between
  parties for each transaction. S-HTTP supports both asymmetric and
  symmetric key operation modes. S-HTTP attempts to avoid presuming
  a particular trust model, but it attempts to facilitate multiply-
  rooted hierarchical trust and anticipates that principals may have
  many public key certificates.

$ Secure/MIME (S/MIME)

  (I) Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions, an Internet
  protocol [R2633] to provide encryption and digital signatures for
  Internet mail messages.

$ Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)

  (N) An Internet protocol (originally developed by Netscape
  Communications, Inc.) that uses connection-oriented end-to-end
  encryption to provide data confidentiality service and data
  integrity service for traffic between a client (often a web
  browser) and a server, and that can optionally provide peer entity
  authentication between the client and the server. (See: Transport
  Layer Security.)
  (C) SSL is layered below HTTP and above a reliable transport
  protocol (TCP). SSL is independent of the application it
  encapsulates, and any higher level protocol can layer on top of
  SSL transparently. However, many Internet applications might be
  better served by IPsec.
  (C) SSL has two layers: (a) SSL's lower layer, the SSL Record
  Protocol, is layered on top of the transport protocol and
  encapsulates higher level protocols. One such encapsulated
  protocol is SSL Handshake Protocol. (b) SSL's upper layer provides
  asymmetric cryptography for server authentication (verifying the
  server's identity to the client) and optional client
  authentication (verifying the client's identity to the server),
  and also enables them to negotiate a symmetric encryption
  algorithm and secret session key (to use for data confidentiality)
  before the application protocol transmits or receives data. A
  keyed hash provides data integrity service for encapsulated data.

$ secure state

  (I) A system condition in which no subject can access any object
  in an unauthorized manner. (See: (secondary definition under)
  Bell-LaPadula Model, clean system.)

$ security

  (I) (1.) Measures taken to protect a system. (2.) The condition of
  a system that results from the establishment and maintenance of
  measures to protect the system. (3.) The condition of system
  resources being free from unauthorized access and from
  unauthorized or accidental change, destruction, or loss.

$ security architecture

  (I) A plan and set of principles that describe (a) the security
  services that a system is required to provide to meet the needs of
  its users, (b) the system elements required to implement the
  services, and (c) the performance levels required in the elements
  to deal with the threat environment. (See: (discussion under)
  security policy.)
  (C) A security architecture is the result of applying the system
  engineering process. A complete system security architecture
  includes administrative security, communication security, computer
  security, emanations security, personnel security, and physical
  security (e.g., see: [R2179]). A complete security architecture
  needs to deal with both intentional, intelligent threats and
  accidental kinds of threats.

$ security association

  (I) A relationship established between two or more entities to
  enable them to protect data they exchange. The relationship is
  used to negotiate characteristics of protection mechanisms, but
  does not include the mechanisms themselves. (See: association.)
  (C) A security association describes how entities will use
  security services. The relationship is represented by a set of
  information that is shared between the entities and is agreed upon
  and considered a contract between them.
  (O) IPsec usage: A simplex (uni-directional) logical connection
  created for security purposes and implemented with either AH or
  ESP (but not both). The security services offered by a security
  association depend on the protocol selected, the IPsec mode
  (transport or tunnel), the endpoints, and the election of optional
  services within the protocol. A security association is identified
  by a triple consisting of (a) a destination IP address, (b) a
  protocol (AH or ESP) identifier, and (c) a Security Parameter
  Index.

$ security association identifier (SAID)

  (I) A data field in a security protocol (such as NLSP or SDE),
  used to identify the security association to which a protocol data
  unit is bound. The SAID value is usually used to select a key for
  decryption or authentication at the destination. (See: Security
  Parameter Index.)

$ security audit

  (I) An independent review and examination of a system's records
  and activities to determine the adequacy of system controls,
  ensure compliance with established security policy and procedures,
  detect breaches in security services, and recommend any changes
  that are indicated for countermeasures. [I7498 Part 2, NCS01]
  (C) The basic audit objective is to establish accountability for
  system entities that initiate or participate in security-relevant
  events and actions. Thus, means are needed to generate and record
  a security audit trail and to review and analyze the audit trail
  to discover and investigate attacks and security compromises.

$ security audit trail

  (I) A chronological record of system activities that is sufficient
  to enable the reconstruction and examination of the sequence of
  environments and activities surrounding or leading to an
  operation, procedure, or event in a security-relevant transaction
  from inception to final results. [NCS04] (See: security audit.)

$ security class

  (D) A synonym for "security level". For consistency, ISDs SHOULD
  use "security level" instead of "security class".

$ security clearance

  (I) A determination that a person is eligible, under the standards
  of a specific security policy, for authorization to access
  sensitive information or other system resources. (See: clearance
  level.)

$ security compromise

  (I) A security violation in which a system resource is exposed, or
  is potentially exposed, to unauthorized access. (See: data
  compromise, violation.)

$ security domain

  See: domain.

$ security environment

  (I) The set of external entities, procedures, and conditions that
  affect secure development, operation, and maintenance of a system.

$ security event

  (I) A occurrence in a system that is relevant to the security of
  the system. (See: security incident.)
  (C) The term includes both events that are security incidents and
  those that are not. In a CA workstation, for example, a list of
  security events might include the following:
   - Performing a cryptographic operation, e.g., signing a digital
     certificate or CRL.
   - Performing a cryptographic card operation: creation, insertion,
     removal, or backup.
   - Performing a digital certificate lifecycle operation: rekey,
     renewal, revocation, or update.
   - Posting information to an X.500 Directory.
   - Receiving a key compromise notification.
   - Receiving an improper certification request.
   - Detecting an alarm condition reported by a cryptographic
     module.
   - Logging the operator in or out.
   - Failing a built-in hardware self-test or a software system
     integrity check.

$ security fault analysis

  (I) A security analysis, usually performed on hardware at a logic
  gate level, gate-by-gate, to determine the security properties of
  a device when a hardware fault is encountered.

$ security gateway

  (I) A gateway that separates trusted (or relatively more trusted)
  hosts on the internal network side from untrusted (or less
  trusted) hosts on the external network side. (See: firewall and
  guard.)
  (O) IPsec usage: "An intermediate system that implements IPsec
  protocols." [R2401] Normally, AH or ESP is implemented to serve a
  set of internal hosts, providing security services for the hosts
  when they communicate with other, external hosts or gateways that
  also implement IPsec.

$ security incident

  (I) A security event that involves a security violation. (See:
  CERT, GRIP, security event, security intrusion, security
  violation.)
  (C) In other words, a security-relevant system event in which the
  system's security policy is disobeyed or otherwise breached.
  (O) "Any adverse event which compromises some aspect of computer
  or network security." [R2350]
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this "O" definition because (a) a security
  incident may occur without actually being harmful (i.e., adverse)
  and (b) this Glossary defines "compromise" more narrowly in
  relation to unauthorized access.

$ security intrusion

  (I) A security event, or a combination of multiple security
  events, that constitutes a security incident in which an intruder
  gains, or attempts to gain, access to a system (or system
  resource) without having authorization to do so.

$ security kernel

  (I) "The hardware, firmware, and software elements of a trusted
  computing base that implement the reference monitor concept. It
  must mediate all accesses, be protected from modification, and be
  verifiable as correct." [NCS04] (See: reference monitor.)
  (C) That is, a security kernel is an implementation of a reference
  monitor for a given hardware base.

$ security label

  (I) A marking that is bound to a system resource and that names or
  designates the security-relevant attributes of that resource.
  [I7498 Part 2, R1457]
  (C) The recommended definition is usefully broad, but usually the
  term is understood more narrowly as a marking that represents the
  security level of an information object, i.e., a marking that
  indicates how sensitive an information object is. [NCS04]
  (C) System security mechanisms interpret security labels according
  to applicable security policy to determine how to control access
  to the associated information, otherwise constrain its handling,
  and affix appropriate security markings to visible (printed and
  displayed) images thereof. [FP188]

$ security level

  (I) The combination of a hierarchical classification level and a
  set of non-hierarchical category designations that represents how
  sensitive information is. (See: (usage note under) classification
  level, dominate, lattice model.)

$ security management infrastructure (SMI)

  (I) System elements and activities that support security policy by
  monitoring and controlling security services and mechanisms,
  distributing security information, and reporting security events.
  The associated functions are as follows [I7498-4]:
   - Controlling (granting or restricting) access to system
  resources: This includes verifying authorizations and
  identities, controlling access to sensitive security data, and
  modifying access priorities and procedures in the event of
  attacks.
   - Retrieving (gathering) and archiving (storing) security
  information: This includes logging security events and
  analyzing the log, monitoring and profiling usage, and
  reporting security violations.
   - Managing and controlling the encryption process: This includes
  performing the functions of key management and reporting on key
  management problems. (See: public-key infrastructure.)

$ security mechanism

  (I) A process (or a device incorporating such a process) that can
  be used in a system to implement a security service that is
  provided by or within the system. (See: (discussion under)
  security policy.)
  (C) Some examples of security mechanisms are authentication
  exchange, checksum, digital signature, encryption, and traffic
  padding.

$ security model

  (I) A schematic description of a set of entities and relationships
  by which a specified set of security services are provided by or
  within a system. (See: (discussion under) security policy.)
  (C) An example is the Bell-LaPadula Model.

$ security parameters index (SPI)

  (I) IPsec usage: The type of security association identifier used
  in IPsec protocols. A 32-bit value used to distinguish among
  different security associations terminating at the same
  destination (IP address) and using the same IPsec security
  protocol (AH or ESP). Carried in AH and ESP to enable the
  receiving system to determine under which security association to
  process a received packet.

$ security perimeter

  (I) The boundary of the domain in which a security policy or
  security architecture applies; i.e., the boundary of the space in
  which security services protect system resources.

$ security policy

  (I) A set of rules and practices that specify or regulate how a
  system or organization provides security services to protect
  sensitive and critical system resources. (See: identity-based
  security policy, rule-based security policy, security
  architecture, security mechanism, security model.)
  (O) "The set of rules laid down by the security authority
  governing the use and provision of security services and
  facilities." [X509]
  (C) Ravi Sandhu notes that security policy is one of four layers
  of the security engineering process (as shown in the following
  diagram). Each layer provides a different view of security,
  ranging from what services are needed to how services are
  implemented.
     What Security Services Should Be Provided?
      ^
      | + - - - - - - - - - - - +
      | | Security Policy       |
      | + - - - - - - - - - - - +    + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +
      | | Security Model        |    | A "top-level specification" |
      | + - - - - - - - - - - - + <- | is at a level below "model" |
      | | Security Architecture |    | but above "architecture".   |
      | + - - - - - - - - - - - +    + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +
      | | Security Mechanism    |
      | + - - - - - - - - - - - +
      v
     How Are Security Services Implemented?

$ Security Protocol 3 (SP3)

  (O) A protocol [SDNS3] developed by SDNS to provide connectionless
  data security at the top of OSI layer 3. (See: NLSP.)

$ Security Protocol 4 (SP4)

  (O) A protocol [SDNS4] developed by SDNS to provide either
  connectionless or end-to-end connection-oriented data security at
  the bottom of OSI layer 4. (See: TLSP.)

$ security-relevant event

  See: security event.

$ security service

  (I) A processing or communication service that is provided by a
  system to give a specific kind of protection to system resources.
  (See: access control service, audit service, availability service,
  data confidentiality service, data integrity service, data origin
  authentication service, non-repudiation service, peer entity
  authentication service, system integrity service.)
  (O) "A service, provided by a layer of communicating open systems,
  which ensures adequate security of the systems or the data
  transfers." [I7498 Part 2]
  (C) Security services implement security policies, and are
  implemented by security mechanisms.

$ security situation

  (I) ISAKMP usage: The set of all security-relevant information--
  e.g., network addresses, security classifications, manner of
  operation (normal or emergency)--that is needed to decide the
  security services that are required to protect the association
  that is being negotiated.

$ security token

  See: token.

$ security violation

  (I) An act or event that disobeys or otherwise breaches security
  policy. (See: compromise, penetration, security incident.)

$ self-signed certificate

  (I) A public-key certificate for which the public key bound by the
  certificate and the private key used to sign the certificate are
  components of the same key pair, which belongs to the signer.
  (See: root certificate.)
  (C) In a self-signed X.509 public-key certificate, the issuer's DN
  is the same as the subject's DN.

$ semantic security

  (I) An attribute of a encryption algorithm that is a formalization
  of the notion that the algorithm not only hides the plaintext but
  also reveals no partial information about the plaintext. Whatever
  is efficiently computable about the plaintext when given the
  ciphertext, is also efficiently computable without the ciphertext.
  (See: indistinguishability.)

$ sensitive (information)

  (I) Information is sensitive if disclosure, alteration,
  destruction, or loss of the information would adversely affect the
  interests or business of its owner or user. (See: critical.)

$ separation of duties

  (I) The practice of dividing the steps in a system function among
  different individuals, so as to keep a single individual from
  subverting the process. (See: dual control, administrative
  security.)

$ serial number

  See: certificate serial number.

$ server

  (I) A system entity that provides a service in response to
  requests from other system entities called clients.

$ session key

  (I) In the context of symmetric encryption, a key that is
  temporary or is used for a relatively short period of time. (See:
  ephemeral key, key distribution center, master key.)
  (C) Usually, a session key is used for a defined period of
  communication between two computers, such as for the duration of a
  single connection or transaction set, or the key is used in an
  application that protects relatively large amounts of data and,
  therefore, needs to be rekeyed frequently.

$ SET

  See: SET Secure Electronic Transaction(trademark).

$ SET private extension

  (O) One of the private extensions defined by SET for X.509
  certificates. Carries information about hashed root key,
  certificate type, merchant data, cardholder certificate
  requirements, encryption support for tunneling, or message support
  for payment instructions.

$ SET qualifier

  (O) A certificate policy qualifier that provides information about
  the location and content of a SET certificate policy.
  (C) In addition to the policies and qualifiers inherited from its
  own certificate, each CA in the SET certification hierarchy may
  add one qualifying statement to the root policy when the CA issues
  a certificate. The additional qualifier is a certificate policy
  for that CA. Each policy in a SET certificate may have these
  qualifiers:
   - A URL where a copy of the policy statement may be found.
   - An electronic mail address where a copy of the policy statement
     may be found.
   - A hash result of the policy statement, computed using the
     indicated algorithm.
   - A statement declaring any disclaimers associated with the
     issuing of the certificate.

$ SET Secure Electronic Transaction(trademark) or SET(trademark)

  (N) A protocol developed jointly by MasterCard International and
  Visa International and published as an open standard to provide
  confidentiality of transaction information, payment integrity, and
  authentication of transaction participants for payment card
  transactions over unsecured networks, such as the Internet. [SET1]
  (See: acquirer, brand, cardholder, dual signature, electronic
  commerce, issuer, merchant, payment gateway, third party.)
  (C) This term and acronym are trademarks of SETCo. MasterCard and
  Visa announced the SET standard on 1 February 1996. On 19 December
  1997, MasterCard and Visa formed SET Secure Electronic Transaction
  LLC (commonly referred to as "SETCo") to implement the SET 1.0
  specification. A memorandum of understanding adds American Express
  and JCB Credit Card Company as co-owners of SETCo.

$ SETCo

  See: (secondary definition under) SET Secure Electronic
  Transaction.

$ SHA-1

  See: Secure Hash Standard.

$ shared secret

  (I) A synonym for "keying material" or "cryptographic key".

$ S-HTTP

  See: Secure HTTP.

$ sign

  (I) Create a digital signature for a data object.

$ signature

  See: digital signature, electronic signature.

$ signature certificate

  (I) A public-key certificate that contains a public key that is
  intended to be used for verifying digital signatures, rather than
  for encrypting data or performing other cryptographic functions.
  (C) A v3 X.509 public-key certificate may have a "keyUsage"
  extension which indicates the purpose for which the certified
  public key is intended.

$ signer

  (N) A human being or an organization entity that uses its private
  key to create a digital signature for a data object. [ABA]

$ SILS

  See: Standards for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security.

$ simple authentication

  (I) An authentication process that uses a password as the
  information needed to verify an identity claimed for an entity.
  (See: strong authentication.)
  (O) "Authentication by means of simple password arrangements."
  [X509]

$ Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL)

  (I) An Internet specification [R2222] for adding authentication
  service to connection-based protocols. To use SASL, a protocol
  includes a command for authenticating a user to a server and for
  optionally negotiating protection of subsequent protocol
  interactions. The command names a registered security mechanism.
  SASL mechanisms include Kerberos, GSSAPI, S/KEY, and others. Some
  protocols that use SASL are IMAP4 and POP3.

$ Simple Key-management for Internet Protocols (SKIP)

  (I) A key distribution protocol that uses hybrid encryption to
  convey session keys that are used to encrypt data in IP packets.
  [R2356] (See: IKE, IPsec.)
  (C) SKIP uses the Diffie-Hellman algorithm (or could use another
  key agreement algorithm) to generate a key-encrypting key for use
  between two entities. A session key is used with a symmetric
  algorithm to encrypt data in one or more IP packets that are to be
  sent from one of the entities to the other. The KEK is used with a
  symmetric algorithm to encrypt the session key, and the encrypted
  session key is placed in a SKIP header that is added to each IP
  packet that is encrypted with that session key.

$ Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP)

  (I) A TCP-based, application-layer, Internet Standard protocol
  [R0821] for moving electronic mail messages from one computer to
  another.

$ Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)

  (I) A UDP-based, application-layer, Internet Standard protocol
  [R2570, R2574] for conveying management information between
  managers and agents.
  (C) SNMP version 1 uses cleartext passwords for authentication and
  access control. (See: community string.) Version 2 adds
  cryptographic mechanisms based on DES and MD5. Version 3 provides
  enhanced, integrated support for security services, including data
  confidentiality, data integrity, data origin authentication, and
  message timeliness and limited replay protection.

$ simple security property

  See: (secondary definition under) Bell-LaPadula Model.

$ single sign-on

  (I) A system that enables a user to access multiple computer
  platforms (usually a set of hosts on the same network) or
  application systems after being authenticated just one time. (See:
  Kerberos.)
  (C) Typically, a user logs in just once, and then is transparently
  granted access to a variety of permitted resources with no further
  login being required until after the user logs out. Such a system
  has the advantages of being user friendly and enabling
  authentication to be managed consistently across an entire
  enterprise, and has the disadvantage of requiring all hosts and
  applications to trust the same authentication mechanism.

$ situation

  See: security situation.

$ S/Key

  (I) A security mechanism that uses a cryptographic hash function
  to generate a sequence of 64-bit, one-time passwords for remote
  user login. [R1760]
  (C) The client generates a one-time password by applying the MD4
  cryptographic hash function multiple times to the user's secret
  key. For each successive authentication of the user, the number of
  hash applications is reduced by one. (Thus, an intruder using
  wiretapping cannot compute a valid password from knowledge of one
  previously used.) The server verifies a password by hashing the
  currently presented password (or initialization value) one time
  and comparing the hash result with the previously presented
  password.

$ SKIP

  See: Simple Key-management for IP.

$ SKIPJACK

  (N) A Type II block cipher [NIST] with a block size of 64 bits and
  a key size of 80 bits, that was developed by NSA and formerly
  classified at the U.S. Department of Defense "Secret" level. (See:
  CAPSTONE, CLIPPER, FORTEZZA, Key Exchange Algorithm.)
  (C) On 23 June 1998, NSA announced that SKIPJACK had been
  declassified.

$ slot

  (O) MISSI usage: One of the FORTEZZA PC card storage areas that
  are each able to hold an X.509 certificate and additional data
  that is associated with the certificate, such as the matching
  private key.

$ smart card

  (I) A credit-card sized device containing one or more integrated
  circuit chips, which perform the functions of a computer's central
  processor, memory, and input/output interface. (See: PC card.)
  (C) Sometimes this term is used rather strictly to mean a card
  that closely conforms to the dimensions and appearance of the kind
  of plastic credit card issued by banks and merchants. At other
  times, the term is used loosely to include cards that are larger
  than credit cards, especially cards that are thicker, such as PC
  cards.
  (C) A "smart token" is a device that conforms to the definition of
  smart card except that rather than having standard credit card
  dimensions, the token is packaged in some other form, such as a
  dog tag or door key shape.

$ smart token

  See: (secondary definition under) smart card.

$ SMI

  See: security management infrastructure.

$ S/MIME

  See: Secure/MIME.

$ SMTP

  See: Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.

$ smurf

  (I) Software that mounts a denial-of-service attack ("smurfing")
  by exploiting IP broadcast addressing and ICMP ping packets to
  cause flooding. (See: flood, ICMP flood.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it is not listed in most
  dictionaries and could confuse international readers.
  (C) A smurf program builds a network packet that appears to
  originate from another address, that of the "victim", either a
  host or an IP router. The packet contains an ICMP ping message
  that is addressed to an IP broadcast address, i.e., to all IP
  addresses in a given network. The echo responses to the ping
  message return to the victim's address. The goal of smurfing may
  be either to deny service at a particular host or to flood all or
  part of an IP network.

$ sniffing

  (C) A synonym for "passive wiretapping". (See: password sniffing.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it unnecessarily
  duplicates the meaning of a term that is better established. (See:
  (usage note under) Green Book.

$ SNMP

  See: Simple Network Management Protocol.

$ social engineering

  (I) A euphemism for non-technical or low-technology means--such as
  lies, impersonation, tricks, bribes, blackmail, and threats--used
  to attack information systems. (See: masquerade attack.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it is vague; instead,
  use a term that is specific with regard to the means of attack.

$ SOCKS

  (I) An Internet protocol [R1928] that provides a generalized proxy
  server that enables client-server applications--such as TELNET,
  FTP, and HTTP; running over either TCP or UDP--to use the services
  of a firewall.
  (C) SOCKS is layered under the application layer and above the
  transport layer. When a client inside a firewall wishes to
  establish a connection to an object that is reachable only through
  the firewall, it uses TCP to connect to the SOCKS server,
  negotiates with the server for the authentication method to be
  used, authenticates with the chosen method, and then sends a relay
  request. The SOCKS server evaluates the request, typically based
  on source and destination addresses, and either establishes the
  appropriate connection or denies it.

$ soft TEMPEST

  (O) The use of software techniques to reduce the radio frequency
  information leakage from computer displays and keyboards. [Kuhn]
  (See: TEMPEST.)

$ software

  (I) Computer programs (which are stored in and executed by
  computer hardware) and associated data (which also is stored in
  the hardware) that may be dynamically written or modified during
  execution. (See: firmware, hardware.)

$ SORA

  See: SSO-PIN ORA.

$ source authentication

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term because it is ambiguous. If the
  intent is to authenticate the original creator or packager of data
  received, then say "data origin authentication". If the intent is
  to authenticate the identity of the sender of data, then say "peer
  entity authentication". (See: data origin authentication, peer
  entity authentication).

$ source integrity

  (I) The degree of confidence that can be placed in information
  based on the trustworthiness of its sources. (See: integrity.)

$ SP3

  See: Security Protocol 3.

$ SP4

  See: Security Protocol 4.

$ spam

  (I) (1.) Verb: To indiscriminately send unsolicited, unwanted,
  irrelevant, or inappropriate messages, especially commercial
  advertising in mass quantities. (2.) Noun: electronic "junk mail".
  [R2635]
  (D) This term SHOULD NOT be written in upper-case letters, because
  SPAM(trademark) is a trademark of Hormel Foods Corporation. Hormel
  says, "We do not object to use of this slang term [spam] to
  describe [unsolicited commercial email (UCE)], although we do
  object to the use of our product image in association with that
  term. Also, if the term is to be used, it should be used in all
  lower-case letters to distinguish it from our trademark SPAM,
  which should be used with all uppercase letters."
  (C) In sufficient volume, spam can cause denial of service. (See:
  flooding.) According to the SPAM Web site, the term was adopted as
  a result of the Monty Python skit in which a group of Vikings sang
  a chorus of 'SPAM, SPAM, SPAM . . .' in an increasing crescendo,
  drowning out other conversation. Hence, the analogy applied
  because UCE was drowning out normal discourse on the Internet.

$ SPC

  See: software publisher certificate.

$ SPI

  See: Security Parameters Index.

$ split key

  (I) A cryptographic key that is divided into two or more separate
  data items that individually convey no knowledge of the whole key
  that results from combining the items. (See: dual control, split
  knowledge.)

$ split knowledge

  (I) A security technique in which two or more entities separately
  hold data items that individually convey no knowledge of the
  information that results from combining the items. (See: dual
  control, split key.)
  (O) "A condition under which two or more entities separately have
  key components which individually convey no knowledge of the
  plaintext key which will be produced when the key components are
  combined in the cryptographic module." [FP140]

$ spoofing attack

  (I) A synonym for "masquerade attack".

$ SSH

  (I) A protocol for secure remote login and other secure network
  services over an insecure network.
  (C) Consists of three major components:
   - Transport layer protocol: Provides server authentication,
     confidentiality, and integrity. It may optionally also provide
     compression. The transport layer will typically be run over a
     TCP/IP connection, but might also be used on top of any other
     reliable data stream.
   - User authentication protocol: Authenticates the client-side
     user to the server. It runs over the transport layer protocol.
   - Connection protocol: Multiplexes the encrypted tunnel into
     several logical channels. It runs over the user authentication
     protocol.

$ SSL

  See: Secure Sockets Layer, Standard Security Label.

$ SSO

  See: system security officer.

$ SSO PIN

  (O) MISSI usage: One of two personal identification numbers that
  control access to the functions and stored data of a FORTEZZA PC
  card. Knowledge of the SSO PIN enables the card user to perform
  the FORTEZZA functions intended for use by an end user and also
  the functions intended for use by a MISSI certification authority.
  (See: user PIN.)

$ SSO-PIN ORA (SORA)

  (O) MISSI usage: A MISSI organizational RA that operates in a mode
  in which the ORA performs all card management functions and,
  therefore, requires knowledge of the SSO PIN for an end user's
  FORTEZZA PC card.

$ Standards for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS)

  (N) (1.) The IEEE 802.10 standards committee. (2.) A developing
  set of IEEE standards, which has eight parts: (a) Model, including
  security management, (b) Secure Data Exchange protocol, (c) Key
  Management, (d) [has been incorporated in (a)], (e) SDE Over
  Ethernet 2.0, (f) SDE Sublayer Management, (g) SDE Security
  Labels, and (h) SDE PICS Conformance. Parts b, e, f, g, and h are
  incorporated in IEEE Standard 802.10-1998.

$ star property

  (I) (Written "*-property".) See: "confinement property" under
  Bell-LaPadula Model.

$ Star Trek attack

  (C) An attack that penetrates your system where no attack has ever
  gone before.

$ steganography

  (I) Methods of hiding the existence of a message or other data.
  This is different than cryptography, which hides the meaning of a
  message but does not hide the message itself. (See: cryptology.)
  (C) An example of a steganographic method is "invisible" ink.
  (See: digital watermark.)

$ storage channel

  See: (secondary definition under) covert channel.

$ stream cipher

  (I) An encryption algorithm that breaks plaintext into a stream of
  successive bits (or characters) and encrypts the n-th plaintext
  bit with the n-th element of a parallel key stream, thus
  converting the plaintext bit stream into a ciphertext bit stream.
  [Schn] (See: block cipher.)

$ strong authentication

  (I) An authentication process that uses cryptography--particularly
  public-key certificates--to verify the identity claimed for an
  entity. (See: X.509.)
  (O) "Authentication by means of cryptographically derived
  credentials." [X509]

$ subject

  1. (I) In a computer system: A system entity that causes
  information to flow among objects or changes the system state;
  technically, a process-domain pair. (See: Bell-LaPadula Model.)
  2. (I) Of a certificate: The entity name that is bound to the data
  items in a digital certificate, and particularly a name that is
  bound to a key value in a public-key certificate.

$ subnetwork

  (N) An OSI term for a system of packet relays and connecting links
  that implement the lower three protocol layers of the OSIRM to
  provide a communication service that interconnects attached end
  systems. Usually the relays operate at OSI layer 3 and are all of
  the same type (e.g., all X.25 packet switches, or all interface
  units in an IEEE 802.3 LAN). (See: gateway, internet, router.)

$ subordinate certification authority (SCA)

  (I) A CA whose public-key certificate is issued by another
  (superior) CA. (See: certification hierarchy.)
  (O) MISSI usage: The fourth-highest (bottom) level of a MISSI
  certification hierarchy; a MISSI CA whose public-key certificate
  is signed by a MISSI CA rather than by a MISSI PCA. A MISSI SCA is
  the administrative authority for a subunit of an organization,
  established when it is desirable to organizationally distribute or
  decentralize the CA service. The term refers both to that
  authoritative office or role, and to the person who fills that
  office. A MISSI SCA registers end users and issues their
  certificates and may also register ORAs, but may not register
  other CAs. An SCA periodically issues a CRL.

$ subordinate distinguished name

  (I) An X.500 DN is subordinate to another X.500 DN if it begins
  with a set of attributes that is the same as the entire second DN
  except for the terminal attribute of the second DN (which is
  usually the name of a CA). For example, the DN <C=FooLand, O=Gov,
  OU=Treasurer, CN=DukePinchpenny> is subordinate to the DN
  <C=FooLand, O=Gov, CN=KingFooCA>.

$ superencryption

  (I) An encryption operation for which the plaintext input to be
  transformed is the ciphertext output of a previous encryption
  operation.

$ survivability

  (I) The ability of a system to remain in operation or existence
  despite adverse conditions, including both natural occurrences,
  accidental actions, and attacks on the system. (See: availability,
  reliability.)

$ symmetric cryptography

  (I) A branch of cryptography involving algorithms that use the
  same key for two different steps of the algorithm (such as
  encryption and decryption, or signature creation and signature
  verification). (See: asymmetric cryptography.)
  (C) Symmetric cryptography has been used for thousands of years
  [Kahn]. A modern example of a symmetric encryption algorithm is
  the U.S. Government's Data Encryption Algorithm. (See: DEA, DES.)
  (C) Symmetric cryptography is sometimes called "secret-key
  cryptography" (versus public-key cryptography) because the
  entities that share the key, such as the originator and the
  recipient of a message, need to keep the key secret. For example,
  when Alice wants to ensure confidentiality for data she sends to
  Bob, she encrypts the data with a secret key, and Bob uses the
  same key to decrypt. Keeping the shared key secret entails both
  cost and risk when the key is distributed to both Alice and Bob.
  Thus, symmetric cryptography has a key management disadvantage
  compared to asymmetric cryptography.

$ symmetric key

  (I) A cryptographic key that is used in a symmetric cryptographic
  algorithm.

$ SYN flood

  (I) A denial of service attack that sends a host more TCP SYN
  packets (request to synchronize sequence numbers, used when
  opening a connection) than the protocol implementation can handle.
  (See: flooding.)

$ system

  (C) In this Glossary, the term is mainly used as an abbreviation
  for "automated information system".

$ system entity

  (I) An active element of a system--e.g., an automated process, a
  subsystem, a person or group of persons--that incorporates a
  specific set of capabilities.

$ system high

  (I) The highest security level supported by a system at a
  particular time or in a particular environment. (See: system high
  security mode.)

$ system high security mode

  (I) A mode of operation of an information system, wherein all
  users having access to the system possess a security clearance or
  authorization, but not necessarily a need-to-know, for all data
  handled by the system. (See: mode of operation.)
  (C) This mode is defined formally in U.S. Department of Defense
  policy regarding system accreditation [DOD2], but the term is
  widely used outside the Defense Department and outside the
  Government.

$ system integrity

  (I) "The quality that a system has when it can perform its
  intended function in a unimpaired manner, free from deliberate or
  inadvertent unauthorized manipulation." [NCS04] (See: system
  integrity service.)

$ system integrity service

  (I) A security service that protects system resources in a
  verifiable manner against unauthorized or accidental change, loss,
  or destruction. (See: system integrity.)

$ system low

  (I) The lowest security level supported by a system at a
  particular time or in a particular environment. (See: system
  high.)

$ system resource

  (I) Data contained in an information system; or a service provided
  by a system; or a system capability, such as processing power or
  communication bandwidth; or an item of system equipment (i.e., a
  system component--hardware, firmware, software, or documentation);
  or a facility that houses system operations and equipment.

$ system security officer (SSO)

  (I) A person responsible for enforcement or administration of the
  security policy that applies to the system.

$ system verification

  See: (secondary definition under) verification.

$ TACACS $ TACACS+

  See: Terminal Access Controller (TAC) Access Control System.

$ tamper

  (I) Make an unauthorized modification in a system that alters the
  system's functioning in a way that degrades the security services
  that the system was intended to provide.

$ TCB

  See: trusted computing base.

$ TCP

  See: Transmission Control Protocol.

$ TCP/IP

  (I) A synonym for "Internet Protocol Suite", in which the
  Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and the Internet Protocol (IP)
  are important parts.

$ TCSEC

  See: Trusted Computer System Evaluation Criteria.

$ TELNET

  (I) A TCP-based, application-layer, Internet Standard protocol
  [R0854] for remote login from one host to another.

$ TEMPEST

  (O) A nickname for specifications and standards for limiting the
  strength of electromagnetic emanations from electrical and
  electronic equipment and thus reducing vulnerability to
  eavesdropping. This term originated in the U.S. Department of
  Defense. [Army, Kuhn, Russ] (See: emanation security, soft
  tempest.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for
  "electromagnetic emanations security".

$ Terminal Access Controller (TAC) Access Control System (TACACS)

  (I) A UDP-based authentication and access control protocol [R1492]
  in which a network access server receives an identifier and
  password from a remote terminal and passes them to a separate
  authentication server for verification.
  (C) TACACS was developed for ARPANET and has evolved for use in
  commercial equipment. TACs were a type of network access server
  computer used to connect terminals to the early Internet, usually
  using dial-up modem connections. TACACS used centralized
  authentication servers and served not only network access servers
  like TACs but also routers and other networked computing devices.
  TACs are no longer in use, but TACACS+ is. [R1983]
   - "XTACACS": The name of Cisco Corporation's implementation,
     which enhances and extends the original TACACS.
   - "TACACS+": A TCP-based protocol that improves on TACACS and
     XTACACS by separating the functions of authentication,
     authorization, and accounting and by encrypting all traffic
     between the network access server and authentication server. It
     is extensible to allow any authentication mechanism to be used
     with TACACS+ clients.

$ TESS

  See: The Exponential Encryption System.

$ The Exponential Encryption System (TESS)

  (I) A system of separate but cooperating cryptographic mechanisms
  and functions for the secure authenticated exchange of
  cryptographic keys, the generation of digital signatures, and the
  distribution of public keys. TESS employs asymmetric cryptography,
  based on discrete exponentiation, and a structure of self-
  certified public keys. [R1824]

$ threat

  (I) A potential for violation of security, which exists when there
  is a circumstance, capability, action, or event that could breach
  security and cause harm. (See: attack, threat action, threat
  consequence.)
  (C) That is, a threat is a possible danger that might exploit a
  vulnerability. A threat can be either "intentional" (i.e.,
  intelligent; e.g., an individual cracker or a criminal
  organization) or "accidental" (e.g., the possibility of a computer
  malfunctioning, or the possibility of an "act of God" such as an
  earthquake, a fire, or a tornado).
  (C) In some contexts, such as the following, the term is used
  narrowly to refer only to intelligent threats:
  (N) U. S. Government usage: The technical and operational
  capability of a hostile entity to detect, exploit, or subvert
  friendly information systems and the demonstrated, presumed, or
  inferred intent of that entity to conduct such activity.

$ threat action

  (I) An assault on system security. (See: attack, threat, threat
  consequence.)
  (C) A complete security architecture deals with both intentional
  acts (i.e. attacks) and accidental events [FIPS31]. Various kinds
  of threat actions are defined as subentries under "threat
  consequence".

$ threat analysis

  (I) An analysis of the probability of occurrences and consequences
  of damaging actions to a system.

$ threat consequence

  (I) A security violation that results from a threat action.
  Includes disclosure, deception, disruption, and usurpation. (See:
  attack, threat, threat action.)
  (C) The following subentries describe four kinds of threat
  consequences, and also list and describe the kinds of threat
  actions that cause each consequence. Threat actions that are
  accidental events are marked by "*".
  1. "(Unauthorized) Disclosure" (a threat consequence): A
     circumstance or event whereby an entity gains access to data
     for which the entity is not authorized. (See: data
     confidentiality.) The following threat actions can cause
     unauthorized disclosure:
     A. "Exposure": A threat action whereby sensitive data is
        directly released to an unauthorized entity. This includes:
        a. "Deliberate Exposure": Intentional release of sensitive
           data to an unauthorized entity.
        b. "Scavenging": Searching through data residue in a system
           to gain unauthorized knowledge of sensitive data.
        c* "Human error": Human action or inaction that
           unintentionally results in an entity gaining unauthorized
           knowledge of sensitive data.
        d* "Hardware/software error". System failure that results in
           an entity gaining unauthorized knowledge of sensitive
           data.
     B. "Interception": A threat action whereby an unauthorized
        entity directly accesses sensitive data traveling between
        authorized sources and destinations. This includes:
        a. "Theft": Gaining access to sensitive data by stealing a
           shipment of a physical medium, such as a magnetic tape or
           disk, that holds the data.
        b. "Wiretapping (passive)": Monitoring and recording data
           that is flowing between two points in a communication
           system. (See: wiretapping.)
        c. "Emanations analysis": Gaining direct knowledge of
           communicated data by monitoring and resolving a signal
           that is emitted by a system and that contains the data
           but is not intended to communicate the data. (See:
           emanation.)
     C. "Inference": A threat action whereby an unauthorized entity
        indirectly accesses sensitive data (but not necessarily the
        data contained in the communication) by reasoning from
        characteristics or byproducts of communications. This
        includes:
        a. Traffic analysis: Gaining knowledge of data by observing
           the characteristics of communications that carry the
           data. (See: (main Glossary entry for) traffic analysis.)
        b. "Signals analysis": Gaining indirect knowledge of
           communicated data by monitoring and analyzing a signal
           that is emitted by a system and that contains the data
           but is not intended to communicate the data. (See:
           emanation.)
     D. "Intrusion": A threat action whereby an unauthorized entity
        gains access to sensitive data by circumventing a system's
        security protections. This includes:
        a. "Trespass": Gaining unauthorized physical access to
           sensitive data by circumventing a system's protections.
        b. "Penetration": Gaining unauthorized logical access to
           sensitive data by circumventing a system's protections.
        c. "Reverse engineering": Acquiring sensitive data by
           disassembling and analyzing the design of a system
           component.
        d. Cryptanalysis: Transforming encrypted data into plaintext
           without having prior knowledge of encryption parameters
           or processes. (See: (main Glossary entry for)
           cryptanalysis.)
  2. "Deception" (a threat consequence): A circumstance or event
     that may result in an authorized entity receiving false data
     and believing it to be true. The following threat actions can
     cause deception:
     A. "Masquerade": A threat action whereby an unauthorized entity
        gains access to a system or performs a malicious act by
        posing as an authorized entity. (See: (main Glossary entry
        for) masquerade attack.)
        a. "Spoof": Attempt by an unauthorized entity to gain access
           to a system by posing as an authorized user.
        b. "Malicious logic": In context of masquerade, any
           hardware, firmware, or software (e.g., Trojan horse) that
           appears to perform a useful or desirable function, but
           actually gains unauthorized access to system resources or
           tricks a user into executing other malicious logic. (See:
           (main Glossary entry for) malicious logic.)
     B. "Falsification": A threat action whereby false data deceives
        an authorized entity. (See: active wiretapping.)
        a. "Substitution": Altering or replacing valid data with
           false data that serves to deceive an authorized entity.
        b. "Insertion": Introducing false data that serves to
           deceive an authorized entity.
     C. "Repudiation": A threat action whereby an entity deceives
        another by falsely denying responsibility for an act. (See:
        non-repudiation service, (main Glossary entry for)
        repudiation.)
        a. "False denial of origin": Action whereby the originator
           of data denies responsibility for its generation.
        b. "False denial of receipt": Action whereby the recipient
           of data denies receiving and possessing the data.
  3. "Disruption" (a threat consequence): A circumstance or event
     that interrupts or prevents the correct operation of system
     services and functions. (See: denial of service.) The following
     threat actions can cause disruption:
     A. "Incapacitation": A threat action that prevents or
        interrupts system operation by disabling a system component.
        a. "Malicious logic": In context of incapacitation, any
           hardware, firmware, or software (e.g., logic bomb)
           intentionally introduced into a system to destroy system
           functions or resources. (See: (main Glossary entry for)
           malicious logic.)
        b. "Physical destruction": Deliberate destruction of a
           system component to interrupt or prevent system
           operation.
        c* "Human error": Action or inaction that unintentionally
           disables a system component.
        d* "Hardware or software error": Error that causes failure
           of a system component and leads to disruption of system
           operation.
        e* "Natural disaster": Any "act of God" (e.g., fire, flood,
           earthquake, lightning, or wind) that disables a system
           component. [FP031 section 2]
     B. "Corruption": A threat action that undesirably alters system
        operation by adversely modifying system functions or data.
        a. "Tamper": In context of corruption, deliberate alteration
           of a system's logic, data, or control information to
           interrupt or prevent correct operation of system
           functions.
        b. "Malicious logic": In context of corruption, any
           hardware, firmware, or software (e.g., a computer virus)
           intentionally introduced into a system to modify system
           functions or data. (See: (main Glossary entry for)
           malicious logic.)
        c* "Human error": Human action or inaction that
           unintentionally results in the alteration of system
           functions or data.
        d* "Hardware or software error": Error that results in the
           alteration of system functions or data.
        e* "Natural disaster": Any "act of God" (e.g., power surge
           caused by lightning) that alters system functions or
           data. [FP031 section 2]
     C. "Obstruction": A threat action that interrupts delivery of
        system services by hindering system operations.
        a. "Interference": Disruption of system operations by
           blocking communications or user data or control
           information.
        b. "Overload": Hindrance of system operation by placing
           excess burden on the performance capabilities of a system
           component. (See: flooding.)
  4. "Usurpation" (a threat consequence): A circumstance or event
     that results in control of system services or functions by an
     unauthorized entity. The following threat actions can cause
     usurpation:
     A. "Misappropriation": A threat action whereby an entity
        assumes unauthorized logical or physical control of a system
        resource.
        a. "Theft of service": Unauthorized use of service by an
           entity.
        b. "Theft of functionality": Unauthorized acquisition of
           actual hardware, software, or firmware of a system
           component.
        c. "Theft of data": Unauthorized acquisition and use of
           data.
     B. "Misuse": A threat action that causes a system component to
        perform a function or service that is detrimental to system
        security.
        a. "Tamper": In context of misuse, deliberate alteration of
           a system's logic, data, or control information to cause
           the system to perform unauthorized functions or services.
        b. "Malicious logic": In context of misuse, any hardware,
           software, or firmware intentionally introduced into a
           system to perform or control execution of an unauthorized
           function or service.
        c. "Violation of permissions": Action by an entity that
           exceeds the entity's system privileges by executing an
           unauthorized function.

$ thumbprint

  (I) A pattern of curves formed by the ridges on the tip of a
  thumb. (See: biometric authentication, fingerprint.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "hash result"
  because that meaning mixes concepts in a potentially misleading
  way.

$ ticket

  (I) A synonym for "capability". (See: Kerberos.)
  (C) A ticket is usually granted by a centralized access control
  server (ticket-granting agent) to authorize access to a system
  resource for a limited time. Tickets have been implemented with
  symmetric cryptography, but can also be implemented as attribute
  certificates using asymmetric cryptography.

$ timing channel

  See: (secondary definition under) covert channel.

$ TLS

  See: Transport Layer Security. (See: TLSP.)

$ TLSP

  See: Transport Layer Security Protocol. (See: TLS.)

$ token

  1. (I) General usage: An object that is used to control access and
  is passed between cooperating entities in a protocol that
  synchronizes use of a shared resource. Usually, the entity that
  currently holds the token has exclusive access to the resource.
  2. (I) Authentication usage: A data object or a portable, user-
  controlled, physical device used to verify an identity in an
  authentication process. (See: authentication information, dongle.)
  3. (I) Cryptographic usage: See: cryptographic token.
  4. (O) SET usage: "A portable device [e.g., smart card or PCMCIA
  card] specifically designed to store cryptographic information and
  possibly perform cryptographic functions in a secure manner."
  [SET2]

$ token backup

  (I) A token management operation that stores sufficient
  information in a database (e.g., in a CAW) to recreate or restore
  a security token (e.g., a smart card) if it is lost or damaged.

$ token copy

  (I) A token management operation that copies all the personality
  information from one security token to another. However, unlike in
  a token restore operation, the second token is initialized with
  its own, different local security values such as PINs and storage
  keys.

$ token management

  (I) The process of initializing security tokens (e.g., see: smart
  card), loading data into the tokens, and controlling the tokens
  during their life cycle. May include performing key management and
  certificate management functions; generating and installing PINs;
  loading user personality data; performing card backup, card copy,
  and card restore operations; and updating firmware.

$ token restore

  (I) A token management operation that loads a security token with
  data for the purpose of recreating (duplicating) the contents
  previously held by that or another token.

$ token storage key

  (I) A cryptography key used to protect data that is stored on a
  security token.

$ top CA

  (I) A CA that is the highest level (i.e., is the most trusted CA)
  in a certification hierarchy. (See: root.)

$ top-level specification

  (I) "A non-procedural description of system behavior at the most
  abstract level; typically a functional specification that omits
  all implementation details." [NCS04] (See: (discussion under)
  security policy.)
  (C) A top-level specification may be descriptive or formal:
   - "Descriptive top-level specification": One that is written in a
  natural language like English or an informal design notation.
   - "Formal top-level specification": One that is written in a
  formal mathematical language to enable theorems to be proven that
  show that the specification correctly implements a set of formal
  requirements or a formal security model. (See: correctness proof.)

$ traffic analysis

  (I) Inference of information from observable characteristics of
  data flow(s), even when the data is encrypted or otherwise not
  directly available. Such characteristics include the identities
  and locations of the source(s) and destination(s), and the
  presence, amount, frequency, and duration of occurrence. (See:
  wiretapping.)
  (O) "The inference of information from observation of traffic
  flows (presence, absence, amount, direction, and frequency)."
  [I7498 Part 2]

$ traffic flow confidentiality

  (I) A data confidentiality service to protect against traffic
  analysis.
  (O) "A confidentiality service to protect against traffic
  analysis." [I7498 Part 2]

$ traffic padding

  (I) "The generation of spurious instances of communication,
  spurious data units, and/or spurious data within data units."
  [I7498 Part 2]

$ tranquillity property

  See: (secondary definition under) Bell-LaPadula Model.

$ Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)

  (I) An Internet Standard protocol [R0793] that reliably delivers a
  sequence of datagrams (discrete sets of bits) from one computer to
  another in a computer network. (See: TCP/IP.)
  (C) TCP is designed to fit into a layered hierarchy of protocols
  that support internetwork applications. TCP assumes it can obtain
  a simple, potentially unreliable datagram service (such as the
  Internet Protocol) from the lower-layer protocols.

$ Transport Layer Security (TLS)

  (I) TLS Version 1.0 is an Internet protocol [R2246] based-on and
  very similar to SSL Version 3.0. (See: TLSP.)
  (C) The TLS protocol is misnamed, because it operates well above
  the transport layer (OSI layer 4).

$ Transport Layer Security Protocol (TLSP)

  (I) An end-to-end encryption protocol(ISO Standard 10736) that
  provides security services at the bottom of OSI layer 4, i.e.,
  directly above layer 3. (See: TLS.)
  (C) TLSP evolved directly from the SP4 protocol of SDNS.

$ transport mode vs. tunnel mode

  (I) IPsec usage: Two ways to apply IPsec protocols (AH and ESP) to
  protect communications:
   - "Transport mode": The protection applies to (i.e., the IPsec
     protocol encapsulates) the packets of upper-layer protocols,
     the ones that are carried above IP.
   - "Tunnel mode": The protection applies to (i.e., the IPsec
     protocol encapsulates) IP packets.
  (C) A transport mode security association is always between two
  hosts. In a tunnel mode security association, each end may be
  either a host or a gateway. Whenever either end of an IPsec
  security association is a security gateway, the association is
  required to be in tunnel mode.

$ trap door

  (I) A hidden computer flaw known to an intruder, or a hidden
  computer mechanism (usually software) installed by an intruder,
  who can activate the trap door to gain access to the computer
  without being blocked by security services or mechanisms. (See:
  back door, Trojan horse.)

$ triple DES

  (I) A block cipher, based on DES, that transforms each 64-bit
  plaintext block by applying the Data Encryption Algorithm three
  successive times, using either two or three different keys, for an
  effective key length of 112 or 168 bits. [A9052] (See: DES.)
  (C) IPsec usage: The algorithm variation proposed for ESP uses a
  168-bit key, consisting of three independent 56-bit quantities
  used by the Data Encryption Algorithm, and a 64-bit initialization
  value. Each datagram contains an IV to ensure that each received
  datagram can be decrypted even when other datagrams are dropped or
  a sequence of datagrams is reordered in transit. [R1851]

$ triple-wrapped

  (I) S/MIME usage: Data that has been signed with a digital
  signature, and then encrypted, and then signed again. [R2634]

$ Trojan horse

  (I) A computer program that appears to have a useful function, but
  also has a hidden and potentially malicious function that evades
  security mechanisms, sometimes by exploiting legitimate
  authorizations of a system entity that invokes the program.

$ trust

  1. (I) Information system usage: The extent to which someone who
  relies on a system can have confidence that the system meets its
  specifications, i.e., that the system does what it claims to do
  and does not perform unwanted functions. (See: trust level.)
  (C) "trusted vs. trustworthy": In discussing a system or system
  process or object, this Glossary (and industry usage) prefers the
  term "trusted" to describe a system that operates as expected,
  according to design and policy. When the trust can also be
  guaranteed in some convincing way, such as through formal analysis
  or code review, the system is termed "trustworthy"; this differs
  from the ABA Guidelines definition (see: trustworthy system).
  2. (I) PKI usage: A relationship between a certificate user and a
  CA in which the user acts according to the assumption that the CA
  creates only valid digital certificates.
  (O) "Generally, an entity can be said to 'trust' a second entity
  when it (the first entity) makes the assumption that the second
  entity will behave exactly as the first entity expects. This trust
  may apply only for some specific function. The key role of trust
  in [X.509] is to describe the relationship between an entity and a
  [certification] authority; an entity shall be certain that it can
  trust the certification authority to create only valid and
  reliable certificates." [X509]

$ trust chain

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "certification
  path" because it mixes concepts in a potentially misleading way.
  (See: trust.)

$ trust-file PKI

  (I) A non-hierarchical PKI in which each certificate user has a
  local file (which is used by application software) of public-key
  certificates that the user trusts as starting points (i.e., roots)
  for certification paths. (See: hierarchical PKI, mesh PKI, root,
  web of trust.)
  (C) For example, popular browsers are distributed with an initial
  file of trusted certificates, which often are self-signed
  certificates. Users can add certificates to the file or delete
  from it. The file may be directly managed by the user, or the
  user's organization may manage it from a centralized server.

$ trust hierarchy

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "certification
  hierarchy" because this term mixes concepts (see: trust) in a
  potentially misleading way and duplicates the meaning of another,
  standardized term. (See: trust, web of trust.)

$ trust level

  (I) A characterization of a standard of security protection to be
  met by a computer system.
  (C) The TCSEC defines eight trust levels. From the lowest to the
  highest, they are D, C1, C2, B1, B2, B3, and A1. A trust level is
  based not only on the presence of security mechanisms but also on
  the use of systems engineering discipline to properly structure
  the system and implementation analysis to ensure that the system
  provides an appropriate degree of trust.

$ trusted

  See: (discussion under) trust.

$ trusted certificate

  (I) A certificate upon which a certificate user relies as being
  valid without the need for validation testing; especially a
  public-key certificate that is used to provide the first public
  key in a certification path. (See: certification path, root
  certificate, validation.)
  (C) A trusted public-key certificate might be (a) the root
  certificate in a hierarchical PKI, (b) the certificate of the CA
  that issued the user's own certificate in a mesh PKI, or (c)
  any certificate accepted by the user in a trust-file PKI.

$ trusted computer system

  (I) Multilevel security usage: "A system that employs sufficient
  hardware and software assurance measures to allow its use for
  simultaneous processing of a range of sensitive or classified
  information." [NCS04] (See: (discussion under) trust.)

$ Trusted Computer System Evaluation Criteria (TCSEC)

  (N) A standard for evaluating the security provided by operating
  systems [CSC001, DOD1]. Informally called the "Orange Book"
  because of the color of its cover; first document in the Rainbow
  Series. (See: Common Criteria, (usage note under) Green Book,
  Orange Book, trust level.)

$ trusted computing base (TCB)

  (I) "The totality of protection mechanisms within a computer
  system, including hardware, firmware, and software, the
  combination of which is responsible for enforcing a security
  policy." [NCS04] (See: (discussion of "trusted" under) trust.)

$ trusted distribution

  (I) "A trusted method for distributing the TCB hardware, software,
  and firmware components, both originals and updates, that provides
  methods for protecting the TCB from modification during
  distribution and for detection of any changes to the TCB that may
  occur." [NCS04]

$ trusted key

  (I) A public key upon which a user relies; especially a public key
  that can be used as the first public key in a certification path.
  (See: certification path, root key, validation.)
  (C) A trusted public key might be (a) the root key in a
  hierarchical PKI, (b) the key of the CA that issued the user's own
  certificate in a mesh PKI, or (c) any key accepted by the user in
  a trust-file PKI.

$ trusted path

  (I) COMPUSEC usage: A mechanism by which a computer system user
  can communicate directly and reliably with the trusted computing
  base (TCB) and that can only be activated by the user or the TCB
  and cannot be imitated by untrusted software within the computer.
  [NCS04]
  (I) COMSEC usage: A mechanism by which a person or process can
  communicate directly with a cryptographic module and that can only
  be activated by the person, process, or module, and cannot be
  imitated by untrusted software within the module. [FP140]

$ trusted process

  (I) A system process that has privileges that enable it to affect
  the state of system security and that can, therefore, through
  incorrect or malicious execution, violate the system's security
  policy. (See: privileged process, (discussion of "trusted" under)
  trust.)

$ trusted subnetwork

  (I) A subnetwork containing hosts and routers that trust each
  other not to engage in active or passive attacks. (There also is
  an assumption that the underlying communication channels--e.g.,
  telephone lines, or a LAN--are protected from attack by some
  means.)

$ trusted system

  See: (discussion under) trust, trusted computer system,
  trustworthy system.

$ Trusted Systems Interoperability Group (TSIG)

  (N) A forum of computer vendors, system integrators, and users
  devoted to promoting interoperability of trusted computer systems.
  TSIG meetings are open to all persons who are working in the
  INFOSEC area.

$ trustworthy system

  (O) ABA usage: "Computer hardware, software, and procedures that:
  (a) are reasonably secure from intrusion and misuse; (b) provide a
  reasonably reliable level of availability, reliability, and
  correct operation; (c) are reasonably suited to performing their
  intended functions; and (d) adhere to generally accepted security
  principles." [ABA] This differs somewhat from other industry
  usage. (See: (discussion of "trusted vs. trustworthy" under)
  trust.)

$ TSIG

  See: Trusted System Interoperability Group.

$ tunnel

  (I) A communication channel created in a computer network by
  encapsulating (carrying, layering) a communication protocol's data
  packets in (on top of) a second protocol that normally would be
  carried above, or at the same layer as, the first one. (See: L2TP,
  VPN.)
  (C) Tunneling can involve almost any OSI or TCP/IP protocol
  layers; for example, a TCP connection between two hosts could
  conceivably be tunneled through email messages across the
  Internet. Most often, a tunnel is a logical point-to-point link--
  i.e., an OSI layer 2 connection--created by encapsulating the
  layer 2 protocol in a transport protocol (such as TCP), in a
  network or internetwork layer protocol (such as IP), or in another
  link layer protocol. Often, encapsulation is accomplished with an
  extra, intermediate protocol, i.e., a tunneling protocol (such as
  L2TP) that is layered between the tunneled layer 2 protocol and
  the encapsulating protocol.
  (C) Tunneling can move data between computers that use a protocol
  not supported by the network connecting them. Tunneling also can
  enable a computer network to use the services of a second network
  as though the second network were a set of point-to-point links
  between the first network's nodes. (See: virtual private network.)
  (O) SET usage: The name of a SET private extension that indicates
  whether the CA or the payment gateway supports passing encrypted
  messages to the cardholder through the merchant. If so, the
  extension lists OIDs of symmetric encryption algorithms that are
  supported.

$ tunnel mode

  (I) IPsec usage: See: transport mode vs. tunnel mode.

$ two-person control

  (I) The close surveillance and control of a system, process, or
  materials (especially with regard to cryptography) at all times by
  a minimum of two appropriately authorized persons, each capable of
  detecting incorrect and unauthorized procedures with respect to
  the tasks to be performed and each familiar with established
  security requirements. (See: dual control, no-lone zone.)

$ Type I cryptography

  (O) A cryptographic algorithm or device approved by NSA for
  protecting classified information.

$ Type II cryptography

  (O) A cryptographic algorithm or device approved by NSA for
  protecting sensitive unclassified information (as specified in
  section 2315 of Title 10 United States Code, or section 3502(2) of
  Title 44, United States Code.)

$ Type III cryptography

  (O) A cryptographic algorithm or device approved as a Federal
  Information Processing Standard.

$ UDP

  See: User Datagram Protocol.

$ unclassified

  (I) Not classified.

$ unencrypted

  (I) Not encrypted.

$ unforgeable

  (I) Cryptographic usage: The property of a cryptographic data
  structure (i.e., a data structure that is defined using one or
  more cryptographic functions) that makes it computationally
  infeasible to construct (i.e., compute) an unauthorized but
  correct value of the structure without having knowledge of one of
  more keys. (E.g., see: digital certificate.)
  (C) This definition is narrower than general English usage, where
  "unforgeable" means unable to be fraudulently created or
  duplicated. In that broader sense, anyone can forge a digital
  certificate containing any set of data items whatsoever by
  generating the to-be-signed certificate and signing it with any
  private key whatsoever. But for PKI purposes, the forged data
  structure is invalid if it is not signed with the true private key
  of the claimed issuer; thus, the forgery will be detected when a
  certificate user uses the true public key of the claimed issuer to
  verify the signature.

$ uniform resource identifier (URI)

  (I) A type of formatted identifier that encapsulates the name of
  an Internet object, and labels it with an identification of the
  name space, thus producing a member of the universal set of names
  in registered name spaces and of addresses referring to registered
  protocols or name spaces. [R1630]
  (C) URIs are used in HTML to identify the target of hyperlinks. In
  common practice, URIs include uniform resource locators [R2368]
  and relative URLs, and may be URNs. [R1808]

$ uniform resource locator (URL)

  (I) A type of formatted identifier that describes the access
  method and location of an information resource object on the
  Internet. [R1738]
  (C) A URL is a URI that provides explicit instructions on how to
  access the named object. For example,
  "ftp://bbnarchive.bbn.com/foo/bar/picture/cambridge.zip" is a URL.
  The part before the colon specifies the access scheme or protocol,
  and the part after the colon is interpreted according to that
  access method. Usually, two slashes after the colon indicate the
  host name of a server (written as a domain name). In an FTP or
  HTTP URL, the host name is followed by the path name of a file on
  the server. The last (optional) part of a URL may be either a
  fragment identifier that indicates a position in the file, or a
  query string.

$ uniform resource name (URN)

  (I) A URI that has an institutional commitment to persistence and
  availability.

$ untrusted process

  (I) A system process that is not able to affect the state of
  system security through incorrect or malicious operation, usually
  because its operation is confined by a security kernel. (See:
  trusted process.)

$ UORA

  See: user-PIN ORA.

$ update

  See: certificate update and key update.

$ URI

  See: uniform resource identifier.

$ URL

  See: uniform resource locator.

$ URN

  See: uniform resource name.

$ user

  (I) A person, organization entity, or automated process that
  accesses a system, whether authorized to do so or not. (See:
  [R2504].)
  (C) Any ISD that uses this term SHOULD provide an explicit
  definition, because this term is used in many ways and can easily
  be misunderstood.

$ User Datagram Protocol (UDP)

  (I) An Internet Standard protocol [R0768] that provides a datagram
  mode of packet-switched computer communication in an internetwork.
  (C) UDP is a transport layer protocol, and it assumes that IP is
  the underlying protocol. UDP enables application programs to send
  transaction-oriented data to other programs with minimal protocol
  mechanism. UDP does not provide reliable delivery, flow control,
  sequencing, or other end-to-end services that TCP provides.

$ user identifier

  (I) A character string or symbol that is used in a system to
  uniquely name a specific user or group of users.
  (C) Often verified by a password in an authentication process.

$ user PIN

  (O) MISSI usage: One of two personal identification numbers that
  control access to the functions and stored data of a FORTEZZA PC
  card. Knowledge of the user PIN enables the card user to perform
  the FORTEZZA functions that are intended for use by an end user.
  (See: SSO PIN.)

$ user-PIN ORA (UORA)

  (O) A MISSI organizational RA that operates in a mode in which the
  ORA performs only the subset of card management functions that are
  possible with knowledge of the user PIN for a FORTEZZA PC card.
  (See: no-PIN ORA, SSO-PIN ORA.)

$ usurpation

  See: (secondary definition under) threat consequence.

$ UTCTime

  (N) The ASN.1 data type "UTCTime" contains a calendar date
  (YYMMDD) and a time to a precision of either one minute (HHMM) or
  one second (HHMMSS), where the time is either (a) Coordinated
  Universal Time or (b) the local time followed by an offset that
  enables Coordinated Universal Time to be calculated. Note: UTCTime
  has the Year 2000 problem. (See: Coordinated Universal Time,
  GeneralizedTime.)

$ v1 certificate

  (C) Ambiguously refers to either an X.509 public-key certificate
  in its version 1 format, or an X.509 attribute certificate in its
  version 1 format. However, many people who use this term are not
  aware that X.509 specifies attribute certificates that do not
  contain a public key. Therefore, ISDs MAY use this term as an
  abbreviation for "version 1 X.509 public-key certificate", but
  only after using the full term at the first instance.
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as an abbreviation for "version
  1 X.509 attribute certificate".

$ v1 CRL

  (I) An abbreviation for "X.509 CRL in version 1 format".
  (C) ISDs should use this abbreviation only after using the full
  term at its first occurrence and defining the abbreviation.

$ v2 certificate

  (I) An abbreviation for "X.509 public-key certificate in version 2
  format".
  (C) ISDs should use this abbreviation only after using the full
  term at its first occurrence and defining the abbreviation.

$ v2 CRL

  (I) An abbreviation for "X.509 CRL in version 2 format".
  (C) ISDs should use this abbreviation only after using the full
  term at its first occurrence and defining the abbreviation.

$ v3 certificate

  (I) An abbreviation for "X.509 public-key certificate in version 3
  format".
  (C) ISDs should use this abbreviation only after using the full
  term at its first occurrence and defining the abbreviation.

$ valid certificate

  (I) A digital certificate for which the binding of the data items
  can be trusted; one that can be validated successfully. (See:
  validate vs. verify.)

$ valid signature

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term; instead, use "authentic
  signature". This Glossary recommends saying "validate the
  certificate" and "verify the signature"; therefore, it would be
  inconsistent to say that a signature is "valid". (See: validate
  vs. verify.)

$ validate vs. verify

  (C) The PKI community uses words inconsistently when describing
  what a certificate user does to make certain that a digital
  certificate can be trusted. Usually, we say "verify the signature"
  but say "validate the certificate"; i.e., we "verify" atomic
  truths but "validate" data structures, relationships, and systems
  that are composed of or depend on verified items. Too often,
  however, verify and validate are used interchangeably.
  ISDs SHOULD comply with the following two rules to ensure
  consistency and to align Internet security terminology with
  ordinary English:
   - Rule 1: Use "validate" when referring to a process intended to
     establish the soundness or correctness of a construct. (E.g.,
     see: certificate validation.)
   - Rule 2: Use "verify" when referring to a process intended to
     test or prove the truth or accuracy of a fact or value. (E.g.,
     see: authenticate.)
  The rationale for Rule 1 is that "valid" derives from a word that
  means "strong" in Latin. Thus, to validate means to make sure that
  a construction is sound. A certificate user validates a public-key
  certificate to establish trust in the binding that the certificate
  asserts between an identity and a key. (To validate can also mean
  to officially approve something; e.g., NIST validates
  cryptographic modules for conformance with FIPS PUB 140-1.)
  The rationale for Rule 2 is that "verify" derives from a word that
  means "true" in Latin. Thus, to verify means to prove the truth of
  an assertion by examining evidence or performing tests. To verify
  an identity, an authentication process examines identification
  information that is presented or generated. To validate a
  certificate, a certificate user verifies the digital signature on
  the certificate by performing calculations; verifies that the
  current time is within the certificate's validity period; and may
  need to validate a certification path involving additional
  certificates.

$ validation

  See: validate vs. verify.

$ validity period

  (I) A data item in a digital certificate that specifies the time
  period for which the binding between data items (especially
  between the subject name and the public key value in a public-key
  certificate) is valid, except if the certificate appears on a CRL
  or the key appears on a CKL.

$ value-added network (VAN)

  (I) A computer network or subnetwork (which is usually a
  commercial enterprise) that transmits, receives, and stores EDI
  transactions on behalf of its customers.
  (C) A VAN may also provide additional services, ranging from EDI
  format translation, to EDI-to-FAX conversion, to integrated
  business systems.

$ VAN

  See: value-added network.

$ verification

  1. System verification: The process of comparing two levels of
  system specification for proper correspondence, such as comparing
  a security policy with a top-level specification, a top-level
  specification with source code, or source code with object code.
  [NCS04]
  2. Identification verification: Presenting information to
  establish the truth of a claimed identity.

$ verify

  See: validate vs. verify.

$ violation

  See: security violation.

$ virtual private network (VPN)

  (I) A restricted-use, logical (i.e., artificial or simulated)
  computer network that is constructed from the system resources of
  a relatively public, physical (i.e., real) network (such as the
  Internet), often by using encryption (located at hosts or
  gateways), and often by tunneling links of the virtual network
  across the real network.
  (C) For example, if a corporation has LANs at several different
  sites, each connected to the Internet by a firewall, the
  corporation could create a VPN by (a) using encrypted tunnels to
  connect from firewall to firewall across the Internet and (b) not
  allowing any other traffic through the firewalls. A VPN is
  generally less expensive to build and operate than a dedicated
  real network, because the virtual network shares the cost of
  system resources with other users of the real network.

$ virus

  (I) A hidden, self-replicating section of computer software,
  usually malicious logic, that propagates by infecting--i.e.,
  inserting a copy of itself into and becoming part of--another
  program. A virus cannot run by itself; it requires that its host
  program be run to make the virus active.

$ VPN

  See: virtual private network.

$ vulnerability

  (I) A flaw or weakness in a system's design, implementation, or
  operation and management that could be exploited to violate the
  system's security policy.
  (C) Most systems have vulnerabilities of some sort, but this does
  not mean that the systems are too flawed to use. Not every threat
  results in an attack, and not every attack succeeds. Success
  depends on the degree of vulnerability, the strength of attacks,
  and the effectiveness of any countermeasures in use. If the
  attacks needed to exploit a vulnerability are very difficult to
  carry out, then the vulnerability may be tolerable. If the
  perceived benefit to an attacker is small, then even an easily
  exploited vulnerability may be tolerable. However, if the attacks
  are well understood and easily made, and if the vulnerable system
  is employed by a wide range of users, then it is likely that there
  will be enough benefit for someone to make an attack.

$ W3

  See: World Wide Web.

$ war dialer

  (I) A computer program that automatically dials a series of
  telephone numbers to find lines connected to computer systems, and
  catalogs those numbers so that a cracker can try to break into the
  systems.

$ Wassenaar Arrangement

  (N) The Wassenaar Arrangement on Export Controls for Conventional
  Arms and Dual-Use Goods and Technologies is a global, multilateral
  agreement approved by 33 countries in July 1996 to contribute to
  regional and international security and stability, by promoting
  information exchange concerning, and greater responsibility in,
  transfers of arms and dual-use items, thus preventing
  destabilizing accumulations. (See: International Traffic in Arms
  Regulations.)
  (C) The Arrangement began operations in September 1996. The
  participating countries are Argentina, Australia, Austria,
  Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland,
  France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan,
  Luxembourg, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal,
  Republic of Korea, Romania, Russian Federation, Slovak Republic,
  Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, United Kingdom, and
  United States. Participants meet on a regular basis in Vienna,
  where the Arrangement has its headquarters.
  Participating countries seek through their national policies to
  ensure that transfers do not contribute to the development or
  enhancement of military capabilities that undermine the goals of
  the arrangement, and are not diverted to support such
  capabilities. The countries maintain effective export controls for
  items on the agreed lists, which are reviewed periodically to
  account for technological developments and experience gained.
  Through transparency and exchange of views and information,
  suppliers of arms and dual-use items can develop common
  understandings of the risks associated with their transfer and
  assess the scope for coordinating national control policies to
  combat these risks. Members provide semi-annual notification of
  arms transfers, covering seven categories derived from the UN
  Register of Conventional Arms. Members also report transfers or
  denials of transfers of certain controlled dual-use items.
  However, the decision to transfer or deny transfer of any item is
  the sole responsibility of each participating country. All
  measures undertaken with respect to the arrangement are in
  accordance with national legislation and policies and are
  implemented on the basis of national discretion.

$ watermarking

  See: digital watermarking.

$ web of trust

  (O) PGP usage: A trust-file PKI technique used in PGP for building
  a file of validated public keys by making personal judgments about
  being able to trust certain people to be holding properly
  certified keys of other people. (See: certification hierarchy,
  mesh PKI.)

$ web server

  (I) A software process that runs on a host computer connected to
  the Internet to respond to HTTP requests for documents from client
  web browsers.

$ web vs. Web

  1. (I) Capitalized: ISDs SHOULD capitalize "Web" when using the
  term (as either a noun or an adjective) to refer specifically to
  the World Wide Web. (Similarly, see: internet vs. Internet.)
  2. (C) Not capitalized: ISDs SHOULD NOT capitalize "web" when
  using the term (usually as an adjective) to refer generically to
  technology--such as web browsers, web servers, HTTP, and HTML--
  that is used in the Web or similar networks.
  (C) IETF documents SHOULD spell out "World Wide Web" fully at the
  first instance of usage and SHOULD Use "Web" and "web" especially
  carefully where confusion with the PGP "web of trust" is possible.

$ wiretapping

  (I) An attack that intercepts and accesses data and other
  information contained in a flow in a communication system.
  (C) Although the term originally referred to making a mechanical
  connection to an electrical conductor that links two nodes, it is
  now used to refer to reading information from any sort of medium
  used for a link or even directly from a node, such as gateway or
  subnetwork switch.
  (C) "Active wiretapping" attempts to alter the data or otherwise
  affect the flow; "passive wiretapping" only attempts to observe
  the flow and gain knowledge of information it contains. (See:
  active attack, end-to-end encryption, passive attack.)

$ work factor

  (I) General security usage: The estimated amount of effort or time
  that can be expected to be expended by a potential intruder to
  penetrate a system, or defeat a particular countermeasure, when
  using specified amounts of expertise and resources.
  (I) Cryptography usage: The estimated amount of computing time and
  power needed to break a cryptographic system.

$ World Wide Web ("the Web", WWW, W3)

  (N) The global, hypermedia-based collection of information and
  services that is available on Internet servers and is accessed by
  browsers using Hypertext Transfer Protocol and other information
  retrieval mechanisms. (See: web vs. Web, [R2084].)

$ worm

  (I) A computer program that can run independently, can propagate a
  complete working version of itself onto other hosts on a network,
  and may consume computer resources destructively. (See: Morris
  Worm, virus.)

$ wrap

  (O) To use cryptography to provide data confidentiality service
  for a data object. (See: encrypt, seal.)
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term with this definition because it
  duplicates the meaning of other, standard terms. Instead, use
  "encrypt" or use a term that is specific with regard to the
  mechanism used.

$ WWW

  See: World Wide Web.

$ X.400

  (N) An ITU-T Recommendation [X400] that is one part of a joint
  ITU-T/ISO multi-part standard (X.400-X.421) that defines the
  Message Handling Systems. (The ISO equivalent is IS 10021, parts
  1-7.) (See: Message Handling Systems.)

$ X.500 $ X.500 Directory

  (N) An ITU-T Recommendation [X500] that is one part of a joint
  ITU-T/ISO multi-part standard (X.500-X.525) that defines the X.500
  Directory, a conceptual collection of systems that provide
  distributed directory capabilities for OSI entities, processes,
  applications, and services. (The ISO equivalent is IS 9594-1 and
  related standards, IS 9594-x.) (See: directory vs. Directory,
  X.509.)
  (C) The X.500 Directory is structured as a tree (the Directory
  Information Tree), and information is stored in directory entries.
  Each entry is a collection of information about one object, and
  each object has a DN. A directory entry is composed of attributes,
  each with a type and one or more values. For example, if a PKI
  uses the Directory to distribute certificates, then the X.509
  public-key certificate of an end user is normally stored as a
  value of an attribute of type "userCertificate" in the Directory
  entry that has the DN that is the subject of the certificate.

$ X.509

  (N) An ITU-T Recommendation [X509] that defines a framework to
  provide and support data origin authentication and peer entity
  authentication services, including formats for X.509 public-key
  certificates, X.509 attribute certificates, and X.509 CRLs. (The
  ISO equivalent is IS 9498-4.) (See: X.500.)
  (C) X.509 describes two levels of authentication: simple
  authentication based on a password, and strong authentication
  based on a public-key certificate.

$ X.509 attribute certificate

  (N) An attribute certificate in the version 1 (v1) format defined
  by X.509. (The v1 designation for an X.509 attribute certificate
  is disjoint from the v1 designation for an X.509 public-key
  certificate, and from the v1 designation for an X.509 CRL.)
  (C) An X.509 attribute certificate has a subject field, but the
  attribute certificate is a separate data structure from that
  subject's public-key certificate. A subject may have multiple
  attribute certificates associated with each of its public-key
  certificates, and an attribute certificate may be issued by a
  different CA than the one that issued the associated public-key
  certificate.
  (C) An X.509 attribute certificate contains a sequence of data
  items and has a digital signature that is computed from that
  sequence. In addition to the signature, an attribute certificate
  contains items 1 through 9 listed below:
  1. version                Identifies v1.
  2. subject                Is one of the following:
     2a. baseCertificateID   - Issuer and serial number of an
                               X.509 public-key certificate.
     2b. subjectName         - DN of the subject.
  3. issuer                 DN of the issuer (the CA who signed).
  4. signature              OID of algorithm that signed the cert.
  5. serialNumber           Certificate serial number;
                            an integer assigned by the issuer.
  6. attCertValidityPeriod  Validity period; a pair of UTCTime
                            values: "not before" and "not after".
  7. attributes             Sequence of attributes describing the
                            subject.
  8. issuerUniqueId         Optional, when a DN is not sufficient.
  9. extensions             Optional.

$ X.509 authority revocation list

  (N) An ARL in one of the formats defined by X.509--version 1 (v1)
  or version 2 (v2). A specialized kind of certificate revocation
  list.

$ X.509 certificate

  (N) Either an X.509 public-key certificate or an X.509 attribute
  certificate.
  (C) This Glossary uses the term with the precise meaning
  recommended here. However, some who use the term may not be aware
  that X.509 specifies attribute certificates that do not contain a
  public key. Even among those who are aware, this term is commonly
  used as an abbreviation to mean "X.509 public-key certificate".
  ISDs MAY use the term as an abbreviation for "X.509 public-key
  certificate", but only after using the full term at the first
  instance.
  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as an abbreviation to mean
  "X.509 attribute certificate".

$ X.509 certificate revocation list (CRL)

  (N) A CRL in one of the formats defined by X.509--version 1 (v1)
  or version 2 (v2). (The v1 and v2 designations for an X.509 CRL
  are disjoint from the v1 and v2 designations for an X.509 public-
  key certificate, and from the v1 designation for an X.509
  attribute certificate.) (See: certificate revocation.)
  (C) ISDs SHOULD NOT refer to an X.509 CRL as a digital
  certificate, but note that an X.509 CRL does meet this Glossary's
  definition of "digital certificate". Like a digital certificate,
  an X.509 CRL makes an assertion and is signed by a CA. But instead
  of binding a key or other attributes to a subject, an X.509 CRL
  asserts that certain previously-issued X.509 certificates have
  been revoked.
  (C) An X.509 CRL contains a sequence of data items and has a
  digital signature computed on that sequence. In addition to the
  signature, both v1 and v2 contain items 2 through 6b listed below.
  Version 2 contains item 1 and may optionally contain 6c and 7.
  1. version                Optional. If present, identifies v2.
  2. signature              OID of the algorithm that signed CRL.
  3. issuer                 DN of the issuer (the CA who signed).
  4. thisUpdate             A UTCTime value.
  5. nextUpdate             A UTCTime value.
  6. revokedCertificates    3-tuples of 6a, 6b, and (optional) 6c:
     6a. userCertificate    A certificate's serial number.
     6b. revocationDate     UTCTime value for the revocation date.
     6c. crlEntryExtensions Optional.
  7. crlExtensions          Optional.

$ X.509 public-key certificate

  (N) A public-key certificate in one of the formats defined by
  X.509--version 1 (v1), version 2 (v2), or version 3 (v3). (The v1
  and v2 designations for an X.509 public-key certificate are
  disjoint from the v1 and v2 designations for an X.509 CRL, and
  from the v1 designation for an X.509 attribute certificate.)
  (C) An X.509 public-key certificate contains a sequence of data
  items and has a digital signature computed on that sequence. In
  addition to the signature, all three versions contain items 1
  through 7 listed below. Only v2 and v3 certificates may also
  contain items 8 and 9, and only v3 may contain item 10.
  1. version                 Identifies v1, v2, or v3.
  2. serialNumber            Certificate serial number;
                             an integer assigned by the issuer.
  3. signature               OID of algorithm that was used to
                             sign the certificate.
  4. issuer                  DN of the issuer (the CA who signed).
  5. validity                Validity period; a pair of UTCTime
                             values: "not before" and "not after".
  6. subject                 DN of entity who owns the public key.
  7. subjectPublicKeyInfo    Public key value and algorithm OID.
  8. issuerUniqueIdentifier  Defined for v2, v3; optional.
  9. subjectUniqueIdentifier Defined for v2, v2; optional.
  10. extensions             Defined only for v3; optional.

$ XTACACS

  See: (secondary definition under) Terminal Access Controller (TAC)
  Access Control System.

$ Yellow Book

  (D) ISDs SHOULD NOT use this term as a synonym for "Computer
  Security Requirements: Guidance for Applying the Department of
  Defense Trusted Computer System Evaluation Criteria in Specific
  Environments" [CSC3]. Instead, use the full proper name of the
  document or, in subsequent references, a conventional
  abbreviation. (See: (usage note under) Green Book, Rainbow
  Series.)

$ zeroize

  (I) Use erasure or other means to render stored data unusable and
  unrecoverable, particularly a key stored in a cryptographic module
  or other device.
  (O) Erase electronically stored data by altering the contents of
  the data storage so as to prevent the recovery of the data.
  [FP140]

References

This Glossary focuses on the Internet Standards Process. Therefore, this set of references emphasizes international, governmental, and industry standards documents; only a few other texts are listed. RFCs are listed, but not Internet-Drafts, because the latter are not an archival document series and should not be cited or quoted in an RFC.

[A3092] American National Standards Institute, "American National

        Standard Data Encryption Algorithm", ANSI X3.92-1981, 30 Dec
        1980.

[A9009] ---, "Financial Institution Message Authentication

        (Wholesale)", ANSI X9.9-1986, 15 Aug 1986.

[A9017] ---, "Financial Institution Key Management (Wholesale)",

        X9.17, 4 Apr 1985. [Defines procedures for the manual and
        automated management of keying material and uses DES to
        provide key management for a variety of operational
        environments.]

[A9042] ---, "Public key Cryptography for the Financial Service

        Industry: Agreement of Symmetric Keys Using Diffie-Hellman
        and MQV Algorithms", X9.42, 29 Jan 1999.

[A9052] ---, "Triple Data Encryption Algorithm Modes of Operation",

        X9.52-1998, ANSI approval 9 Nov 1998.

[A9062] ---, "Public Key Cryptography for the Financial Services

        Industry: The Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm
        (ECDSA)", X9.62-1998, ANSI approval 7 Jan 1999.

[ABA] American Bar Association, "Digital Signature Guidelines:

        Legal Infrastructure for Certification Authorities and
        Secure Electronic Commerce", Chicago, IL, 1 Aug 1996.

[ACM] Association for Computing Machinery, "Communications of the

        ACM", Jul 1998 issue with: Minerva M. Yeung, "Digital
        Watermarking"; Nasir Memom and Ping Wah Wong, "Protecting
        Digital Media Content"; and Scott Craver, Boon-Lock Yeo, and
        Minerva Yeung, "Technical Trials and Legal Tribulations".

[Army] U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, "Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP)

        and Tempest Protection for Facilities", EP 1110-3-2, 31 Dec
        1990.

[B7799] British Standards Institution, "Information Security

        Management, Part 1: Code of Practice for Information
        Security Management", BS 7799-1:1999, effective 15 May 1999.
        ---, ---, "Part 2: Specification for Information Security
        Management Systems", BS 7799-2:1999, effective 15 May 1999.

[Bell] D. E. Bell and L. J. LaPadula, "Secure Computer Systems:

        Mathematical Foundations and Model", M74-244, The MITRE
        Corporation, Bedford, MA, May 1973. (Available as AD-771543,
        National Technical Information Service, Springfield, VA.)

[CCIB] Common Criteria Implementation Board, "Common Criteria for

        Information Technology Security Evaluation, Part 1:
        Introduction and General Model", ver. 2.1, CCIB-99-01, Aug
        1999.

[CIPSO] Trusted Systems Interoperability Working Group, "Common IP

        Security Option", ver. 2.3, 9 Mar 1993. [A "work in
        progress" that is probably defunct.]

[CSC1] U.S. Department of Defense Computer Security Center,

        "Department of Defense Trusted Computer System Evaluation
        Criteria", CSC-STD-001-83, 15 Aug 1983. (Superseded by
        [DOD1].)

[CSC2] ---, "Department of Defense Password Management Guideline",

        CSC-STD-002-85, 12 Apr 1985.

[CSC3] ---, "Computer Security Requirements: Guidance for Applying

        the Department of Defense Trusted Computer System Evaluation
        Criteria in Specific Environments", CSC-STD-003-85, 25 Jun
        1985.

[CSOR] U.S. Department of Commerce, "General Procedures for

        Registering Computer Security Objects", National Institute
        of Standards Interagency Report 5308, Dec 1993.

[Denn] D. E. Denning, "A Lattice Model of Secure Information Flow",

        in "Communications of the ACM", vol. 19, no. 5, May 1976,
        pp. 236-243.

[DH76] W. Diffie and M. H. Hellman, "New Directions in

        Cryptography" in "IEEE Transactions on Information Theory",
        vol. IT-22, no. 6, Nov 1976, pp. 644-654.

[DOD1] U.S. Department of Defense, "Department of Defense Trusted

        Computer System Evaluation Criteria", DoD 5200.28-STD, 26
        Dec 1985. (Supersedes [CSC1].)

[DOD2] ---, Directive 5200.28, "Security Requirements for Automated

        Information Systems (AISs)", 21 Mar 1988.

[DOD3] ---, "X.509 Certificate Policy", ver. 2, Mar 1999.

[DOD4] ---, "NSA Key Recovery Assessment Criteria", 8 Jun 1998.

[ElGa] T. El Gamal, "A Public-Key Cryptosystem and a Signature

        Scheme Based on Discrete Logarithms" in "IEEE Transactions
        on Information Theory", vol. IT-31, no. 4, 1985, pp. 469-
        472.

[EMV1] Europay International S.A., MasterCard International

        Incorporated, and Visa International Service Association,
        "EMV '96 Integrated Circuit Card Specification for Payment
        Systems", ver. 3.1.1, 31 May 1998.

[EMV2] ---, "EMV '96 Integrated Circuit Card Terminal Specification

        for Payment Systems", ver. 3.1.1, 31 May 1998.

[EMV3] ---, EMV '96 Integrated Circuit Card Application

        Specification for Payment Systems", ver. 3.1.1, 31 May 1998.

[For94] W. Ford, "Computer Communications Security: Principles,

        Standard Protocols and Techniques", ISBN 0-13-799453-2,
        1994.

[For97] W. Ford and M. Baum, "Secure Electronic Commerce: Building

        the Infrastructure for Digital Signatures and Encryption",
        ISBN 0-13-476342-4, 1994.

[FP031] U.S. Department of Commerce, "Guidelines for Automatic Data

        Processing Physical Security and Risk Management", Federal
        Information Processing Standards Publication (FIPS PUB) 31,
        Jun 1974.

[FP039] ---, "Glossary for Computer Systems Security", FIPS PUB 39,

        15 Feb 1976.

[FP046] ---, "Data Encryption Standard (DES)", FIPS PUB 46-2, 30 Dec

        1993.

[FP081] ---, "DES Modes of Operation", FIPS PUB 81, 2 Dec 1980.

[FP102] ---, "Guideline for Computer Security Certification and

        Accreditation", FIPS PUB 102, 27 Sep 1983.

[FP113] ---, "Computer Data Authentication", FIPS PUB 113, 30 May

        1985.

[FP140] ---, "Security Requirements for Cryptographic Modules", FIPS

        PUB 140-1, 11 Jan 1994.

[FP151] ---, "Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)--System

        Application Program Interface [C Language]", FIPS PUB 151-2,
        12 May 1993

[FP180] ---, "Secure Hash Standard", FIPS PUB 180-1, 17 Apr 1995.

[FP185] ---, "Escrowed Encryption Standard", FIPS PUB 185, 9 Feb

        1994.

[FP186] ---, "Digital Signature Standard (DSS)", FIPS PUB 186, 19

        May 1994.

[FP188] ---, "Standard Security Label for Information Transfer",

        FIPS PUB 188, 6 Sep 1994.

[FPDAM] Collaborative ITU and ISO/IEC meeting on the Directory,

        "Final Proposed Draft Amendment on Certificate Extensions",
        April 1999. (This draft proposes changes to [X.509].)

[FPKI] U.S. Department of Commerce, "Public Key Infrastructure

        (PKI) Technical Specifications: Part A--Technical Concept of
        Operations", National Institute of Standards, 4 Sep 1998.

[I3166] International Standards Organization, "Codes for the

        Representation of Names of countries and Their Subdivisions
        --Part 1: Country Codes", ISO 3166-1:1997.
        ---, --- "Part 2: Country Subdivision Codes", ISO/DIS 3166-
        2.
        ---, --- "Part 3: Codes for Formerly Used Names of
        Countries", ISO/DIS 3166-3.

[I7498] ---, "Information Processing Systems--Open Systems

        Interconnection Reference Model--[Part 1:] Basic Reference
        Model", ISO/IEC 7498-1. (Equivalent to ITU-T Recommendation
        X.200.)
        ---, --- "Part 2: Security Architecture", ISO/IEC 7499-2.
        ---, --- "Part 4: Management Framework", ISO/IEC 7498-4.

[I7812] ---, "Identification cards--Identification of Issuers--Part

        1: Numbering System", ISO/IEC 7812-1:1993
        ---, --- "Part 2: Application and Registration Procedures",
        ISO/IEC 7812-2:1993.

[I9945] ---, "Portable Operating System Interface for Computer

        Environments", ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990.

[I15408] ---, "Information Technology--Security Techniques--

        Evaluation criteria for IT Security--Part 1: Introduction
        and General Model", ISO/IEC 15408-1:1999.

[ITSEC] "Information Technology Security Evaluation Criteria

        (ITSEC): Harmonised Criteria of France, Germany, the
        Netherlands, and the United Kingdom", ver. 1.2, U.K.
        Department of Trade and Industry, Jun 1991.

[Kahn] David Kahn, "The Codebreakers: The Story of Secret Writing",

        The Macmillan Company, New York, 1967.

[Knuth] D. E. Knuth, Chapter 3 ("Random Numbers") in Volume 2

        ("Seminumerical Algorithms") of "The Art of Computer
        Programming", Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1969.

[Kuhn] Markus G. Kuhn and Ross J. Anderson, "Soft Tempest: Hidden

        Data Transmission Using Electromagnetic Emanations", in
        David Aucsmith, ed., "Information Hiding, Second
        International Workshop, IH'98", Portland, Oregon, USA, 15-17
        Apr 1998, LNCS 1525, Springer-Verlag, ISBN 3-540-65386-4,
        pp. 124-142.

[MISPC] U.S. Department of Commerce, "Minimum Interoperability

        Specification for PKI Components (MISPC), Version 1",
        National Institute of Standards Special Publication 800-15,
        Sep 1997.

[NCS01] National Computer Security Center, "A Guide to Understanding

        Audit in Trusted Systems", NCSC-TG-001, 1 Jun 1988. (Part of
        the Rainbow Series.)

[NCS04] ---, "Glossary of Computer Security Terms", NCSC-TG-004,

        ver. 1, 21 Oct 1988. (Part of the Rainbow Series.)

[NCS05] ---, "Trusted Network Interpretation of the Trusted Computer

        System Evaluation Criteria", NCSC-TG-005, ver. 1, 31 Jul
        1987. (Part of the Rainbow Series.)

[NCS25] ---, "A Guide to Understanding Data Remanence in Automated

        Information Systems", NCSC-TG-025, ver. 2, Sep 1991. (Part
        of the Rainbow Series.)

[NIST] National Institute of Standards and Technology, "SKIPJACK

        and KEA Algorithm Specifications", ver. 2, 29 May 1998.
        (http://csrc.nist.gov/encryption/skipjack-kea.htm)

[PGP] Simson Garfinkel, "PGP: Pretty Good Privacy", O'Reilly &

        Associates, Inc., Sebastopol, CA, 1995.

[PKCS] Burton S. Kaliski, Jr., "An Overview of the PKCS Standards",

        RSA Data Security, Inc., 3 Jun 1991.

[PKC07] RSA Laboratories, "PKCS #7: Cryptographic Message Syntax

        Standard", ver. 1.5, RSA Laboratories Technical Note, 1 Nov
        1993.

[PKC10] ---, "PKCS #10: Certification Request Syntax Standard", ver.

        1.0, RSA Laboratories Technical Note, 1 Nov 1993.

[PKC11] ---, "PKCS #11: Cryptographic Token Interface Standard",

        ver. 1.0, 28 Apr 1995.

[R0768] Postel, J., "User Datagram Protocol", STD 6, RFC 768, August

        1980.

[R0791] Postel, J., "Internet Protocol", STD 5, RFC 791, September

        1981.

[R0792] Postel, J., "Internet Control Message Protocol", STD 5, RFC

        792, September 1981. [See: RFC 1885.]

[R0793] Postel, J., ed., "Transmission Control Protocol", STD 7, RFC

        793, September 1981.

[R0821] Postel, J., "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol", STD 10, RFC

        821, August 1982.

[R0822] Crocker, D., "Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text

        Messages", STD 11, RFC 822, August 1982.

[R0854] Postel, J. and J. Reynolds, "TELNET Protocol Specification",

        STD 8, RFC 854, May 1983.

[R0959] Postel, J. and J. Reynolds, "File Transfer Protocol (FTP)",

        STD 9, RFC 959, October 1985.

[R1034] Mockapetris, P., "Domain Names--Concepts and Facilities",

        STD 13, RFC 1034, November 1987.

[R1157] Case, J., Fedor, M., Schoffstall, M. and J. Davin, "A Simple

        Network Management Protocol (SNMP)" [version 1], STD 15, RFC
        1157, May 1990.

[R1208] Jacobsen O. and D. Lynch, "A Glossary of Networking Terms",

        RFC 1208, March 1991.

[R1319] Kaliski, B., "The MD2 Message-Digest Algorithm", RFC 1319,

        April 1992.

[R1320] Rivest, R., "The MD4 Message-Digest Algorithm", RFC 1320,

        April 1992.

[R1321] Rivest, R., "The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm", RFC 1321,

        April 1992.

[R1334] Lloyd, B. and W. Simpson, "PPP Authentication Protocols",

        RFC 1334, October 1992.

[R1413] St. Johns, M., "Identification Protocol", RFC 1413, February

        1993.

[R1421] Linn, J., "Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail,

        Part I: Message Encryption and Authentication Procedures",
        RFC 1421, February 1993.

[R1422] Kent, S., "Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail,

        Part II: Certificate-Based Key Management", RFC 1422,
        February 1993.

[R1455] Eastlake, D., "Physical Link Security Type of Service", RFC

        1455, May 1993.

[R1457] Housley, R., "Security Label Framework for the Internet",

        RFC 1457, May 1993.

[R1492] Finseth, C., "An Access Control Protocol, Sometimes Called

        TACACS", RFC 1492, July 1993.

[R1507] Kaufman, C., "DASS: Distributed Authentication Security

        Service", RFC 1507, September 1993.

[R1510] Kohl, J. and C. Neuman, "The Kerberos Network Authentication

        Service (V5)", RFC 1510, September 1993.

[R1591] Kohl, J. and C. Neuman, "Domain Name System Structure and

        Delegation", March 1994.

[R1630] Berners-Lee, T., "Universal Resource Identifiers in WWW",

        RFC 1630, June 1994.

[R1661] Simpson, W., ed., " The Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP)", STD

        51, RFC 1661, July 1994.

[R1731] Myers, J., "IMAP4 Authentication Mechanisms", RFC 1731,

        December 1994.

[R1734] Myers, J., "POP3 AUTHentication Command", RFC 1734, December

        1994.

[R1738] Myers, J., Masinter, L. and M. McCahill, ed's., "Uniform

        Resource Locators (URL)", RFC 1738, December 1994.

[R1750] Eastlake, D., Crocker, S. and J. Schiller, "Randomness

        Recommendations for Security", RFC 1750, December 1994.

[R1777] Yeong, W., Howes, T. and S. Kille, "Lightweight Directory

        Access Protocol", RFC 1777, March 1995.

[R1808] Fielding, R., "Relative Uniform Resource Locators", RFC

        1808, June 1995.

[R1824] Danisch, H., "The Exponential Security System TESS: An

        Identity-Based Cryptographic Protocol for Authenticated Key-
        Exchange (E.I.S.S.-Report 1995/4)", RFC 1824, August 1995.

[R1828] Metzger, P. and W. Simpson, "IP Authentication using Keyed

        MD5", RFC 1828, August 1995.

[R1829] Karn, P., Metzger, P. and W. Simpson, "The ESP DES-CBC

        Transform", RFC 1829, August 1995.

[R1848] Crocker, S., Freed, N., Galvin, J. and S. Murphy, "MIME

        Object Security Services", RFC 1848, October 1995.

[R1851] Karn, P., Metzger, P. and W. Simpson, "The ESP Triple DES

        Transform", RFC 1851, September 1995.

[R1866] Berners-Lee, T., "Hypertext Markup Language--2.0", RFC 1866,

        November 1995.

[R1885] Conta, A. and S. Deering, "Internet Control Message Protocol

        (ICMPv6) for the Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6)
        Specification", RFC 1885, December 1995.

[R1928] Leech, M., Ganis, M., Lee, Y., Kuris, R., Koblas, D. and L.

        Jones, "SOCKS Protocol Version 5", RFC 1928, March 1996.

[R1938] Haller, N. and C. Metzion, "A One-Time Password System", RFC

        1938, May 1996.

[R1939] Myers, J. and M. Rose, "Post Office Protocol - Version 3",

        STD 53, RFC 1939, May 1996.

[R1958] Carpenter, B., ed., "Architectural Principles of the

        Internet", RFC 1958, June 1996.

[R1983] Malkin, G., ed., "Internet Users' Glossary", FYI 18, RFC

        1983, August 1996.

[R1994] Simpson, W. "PPP Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol

        (CHAP)", RFC 1994, August 1996.

[R2023] Postel, J. and J. Reynolds, "Instructions to RFC Authors",

        RFC 2023, October 1997.

[R2026] Bradner, S., "The Internet Standards Process--Revision 3",

        BCP 9, RFC 2026, March 1994.

[R2045] Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet Mail

        Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message
        Bodies", RFC 2045, November 1996.

[R2060] Crispin, M., "Internet Message Access Protocol--Version 4

        Revision 1", RFC 2060, December 1996.

[R2065] Eastlake, D., 3rd, "Domain Name System Security Extensions",

        RFC 2065, January 1997.

[R2078] Linn, J., "Generic Security Service Application Program

        Interface, Version 2", RFC 2078, January 1997.

[R2084] Bossert, G., Cooper, S. and W. Drummond, "Considerations for

        Web Transaction Security", RFC 2084, January 1997.

[R2104] Krawczyk, H., Bellare, M. and R. Canetti, "HMAC: Keyed-

        Hashing for Message Authentication", RFC 2104, February
        1997.

[R2119] Bradner, S., "Key Words for Use in RFCs To Indicate

        Requirement Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119, March 1997.

[R2138] Rigney, C., Rubens, A., Simpson, W. and S. Willens, "Remote

        Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS)", RFC 2138,
        April 1997.

[R2137] Eastlake, D., "Secure Domain Name System Dynamic Update",

        RFC 2137, April 1997.

[R2179] Gwinn, A., "Network Security For Trade Shows", RFC 2179,

        July 1997.

[R2195] Klensin, J., Catoe, R. and P. Krumviede, "IMAP/POP AUTHorize

        Extension for Simple Challenge/Response", RFC 2195, Sepember
        1997.

[R2196] Fraser, B., "Site Security Handbook", FYI 8, RFC 2196,

        Sepember 1997.

[R2202] Cheng, P. and R. Glenn, "Test Cases for HMAC-MD5 and HMAC-

        SHA-1", RFC 2202, Sepember 1997.

[R2222] Myers, J., "Simple Authentication and Security Layer

        (SASL)", RFC 2222, October 1997.

[R2223] Postel, J., "Instructions to RFC Authors", RFC 2223, October

        1997.

[R2246] Dierks, T. and C. Allen, "The TLS Protocol, Version 1.0",

        RFC 2246, January 1999.

[R2284] Blunk, L. and J. Vollbrecht, "PPP Extensible Authentication

        Protocol (EAP)", RFC 2284, March 1998.

[R2315] Kaliski, B., "PKCS #7: Cryptographic Message Syntax, Version

        1.5", RFC 2315, March 1998.

[R2323] Ramos, A., "IETF Identification and Security Guidelines",

        RFC 2323, 1 April 1998. [Intended for humorous entertainment
        ("please laugh loud and hard"); does not contain serious
        security information.]

[R2350] Brownlee, N. and E. Guttman, "Expectations for Computer

        Security Incident Response", RFC 2350, June 1998.

[R2356] Montenegro, C. and V. Gupta, "Sun's SKIP Firewall Traversal

        for Mobile IP", RFC 2356, June 1998.

[R2373] Hinden, R. and S. Deering, "IP Version 6 Addressing

        Architecture", RFC 2373, July 2998.

[R2401] Kent, S. and R. Atkinson, "Security Architecture for the

        Internet Protocol", RFC 2401, November 1998.

[R2402] Kent, S. and R. Atkinson, "IP Authentication Header", RFC

        2402, November 1998.

[R2403] Madson, C. and R. Glenn, "The Use of HMAC-MD5-96 within ESP

        and AH", RFC 2403, November 1998.

[R2404] Madson, C. and R. Glenn, "The Use of HMAC-SHA-1-96 within

        ESP and AH", RFC 2404, November 1998.

[R2405] Madson, C. and N. Doraswamy, "The ESP DES-CBC Cipher

        Algorithm With Explicit IV", RFC 2405, November 1998.

[R2406] Kent, S. and R. Atkinson, "IP Encapsulating Security Payload

        (ESP)", RFC 2406, November 1998.

[R2407] Piper, D., "The Internet IP Security Domain of

        Interpretation for ISAKMP", RFC 2407, November 1998.

[R2408] Maughan, D., Schertler, M., Schneider, M. and J. Turner,

        "Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol
        (ISAKMP)", RFC 2408, November 1998.

[R2409] Harkins, D. and D. Carrel, "The Internet Key Exchange

        (IKE)", RFC 2409, November 1998.

[R2410] Glenn, R. and S. Kent, "The NULL Encryption Algorithm and

        Its Use With IPsec", RFC 2410, November 1998.

[R2412] Orman, H., "The OAKLEY Key Determination Protocol", RFC

        2412, November 1998.

[R2451] Pereira, R. and R. Adams, "The ESP CBC-Mode Cipher

        Algorithms", RFC 2451, November 1998.

[R2460] Deering, S. and R. Hinden, "Internet Protocol, Version 6

        (IPv6) Specification", RFC 2460, December 1998.

[R2504] Guttman, E., Leong, L. and G. Malkin, "Users' Security

        Handbook", RFC 2504, February 1999.

[R2510] Adams, C. and S. Farrell, "Internet X.509 Public Key

        Infrastructure Certificate Management Protocols", RFC 2510,
        March 1999.

[R2527] Chokhani, S. and W. Ford, "Internet X.509 Public Key

        Infrastructure, Certificate Policy and Certification
        Practices Framework", RFC 2527, March 1999.

[R2536] EastLake, D., "DSA KEYs and SIGs in the Domain Name System

        (DNS)", RFC 2536, March 1999.

[R2570] Case, J., Mundy, R., Partain, D. and B. Stewart,

        "Introduction to Version 3 of the Internet-Standard Network
        Management Framework", RFC 2570, April 1999.

[R2574] Blumenthal, U. and B. Wijnen, "User-based Security Model

        (USM) for Version 3 of the Simple Network Management
        Protocol (SNMPv3)", RFC 2574, April 1999.

[R2612] Adams, C. and J. Gilchrist, "The CAST-256 Encryption

        Algorithm", RFC 2612, June 1999.

[R2616] Fielding, R., Gettys, J., Mogul, J., Frystyk, H., Masinter,

        L., Leach, P. and T. Berners-Lee, "Hypertext Transfer
        Protocol-- HTTP/1.1", RFC 2616, June 1999.

[R2628] Smyslov, V., "Simple Cryptographic Program Interface", RFC

        2628, June 1999.

[R2630] Housley, R., "Cryptographic Message Syntax", RFC 2630, June

        1999.

[R2631] Rescorla, E., "Diffie-Hellman Key Agreement Method", RFC

        2631, June 1999.

[R2633] Ramsdell, B., ed., "S/MIME Version 3 Message Specification",

        RFC 2633, June 1999.

[R2634] Hoffman, P., ed., "Enhanced Security Services for S/MIME",

        RFC 2634, June 1999.

[R2635] Hambridge, S. and A. Lunde, "Don't Spew: A Set of Guidelines

        for Mass Unsolicited Mailings and Postings", RFC 2635, June
        1999.

[Raym] E. S. Raymond, ed., "The On-Line Hacker Jargon File", ver.

        4.0.0, 24 Jul 1996. (Also available as "The New Hacker's
        Dictionary", 2nd edition, MIT Press, Sep 1993, ISBN 0-262-
        18154-1. See: http://www.tuxedo.org/jargon/ for the latest
        version.)

[Russ] D. Russell and G. T. Gangemi Sr., Chapter 10 ("TEMPEST") in

        "Computer Security Basics", ISBN 0-937175-71-4, 1991.

[Schn] B. Schneier, "Applied Cryptography", John Wiley & Sons,

        Inc., New York, 1994.

[SDNS3] U.S. Department of Defense, National Security Agency,

        "Secure Data Network Systems, Security Protocol 3 (SP3)",
        document SDN.301, Revision 1.5, 15 May 1989.

[SDNS4] ---, ---, "Security Protocol 4 (SP4)", document SDN.401,

        Revision 1.2, 12 Jul 1988.

[SDNS7] ---, ---, "Secure data Network System, Message Security

        Protocol (MSP)", document SDN.701, Revision 4.0, 7 Jun 1996,
        with Corrections to Message Security Protocol, SDN.701, Rev
        4.0", 96-06-07, 30 Aug, 1996.

[SET1] MasterCard and Visa, "SET Secure Electronic Transaction

        Specification, Book 1: Business Description", ver. 1.0, 31
        May 1997.

[SET2] ---, "SET Secure Electronic Transaction Specification, Book

        2: Programmer's Guide", ver. 1.0, 31 May 1997.

[Stei] J. Steiner, C. Neuman, and J. Schiller, "Kerberos: An

        Authentication Service for Open Network Systems" in "Usenix
        Conference Proceedings", Feb 1988.

[X400] International Telecommunications Union--Telecommunication

        Standardization Sector (formerly "CCITT"), Recommendation
        X.400, "Message Handling Services: Message Handling System
        and Service Overview".

[X500] ---, Recommendation X.500, "Information Technology--Open

        Systems Interconnection--The Directory: Overview of
        Concepts, Models, and Services". (Equivalent to ISO 9594-1.)

[X501] ---, Recommendation X.501, "Information Technology--Open

        Systems Interconnection--The Directory: Models".

[X509] ---, Recommendation X.509, "Information Technology--Open

        Systems Interconnection--The Directory: Authentication
        Framework". (Equivalent to ISO 9594-8.)

[X519] ---, Recommendation X.519, "Information Technology--Open

        Systems Interconnection--The Directory: Protocol
        Specifications".

[X520] ---, Recommendation X.520, "Information Technology--Open

        Systems Interconnection--The Directory: Selected Attribute
        Types".

[X680] ---, Recommendation X.680, "Information Technology--Abstract

        Syntax Notation One (ASN.1)--Specification of Basic
        Notation", 15 Nov 1994. (Equivalent to ISO/IEC 8824-1.)

[X690] ---, Recommendation X.690, "Information Technology--ASN.1

        Encoding Rules--Specification of Basic Encoding Rules (BER),
        Canonical Encoding Rules (CER) and Distinguished Encoding
        Rules (DER)", 15 Nov 1994. (Equivalent to ISO/IEC 8825-1.)

Security Considerations

This document only defines security terms and recommends how to use them. It does not describe in detail the vulnerabilities of, threats to, or mechanisms that protect specific Internet protocols.

Acknowledgments

Pat Cain, Mike Kong, and Charles Lynn provided meticulous comments on an early draft.

Author's Address

Please address all comments to:

Robert W. Shirey GTE / BBN Technologies EMail: [email protected] Suite 1200, Mail Stop 30/12B2 Phone: +1 (703) 284-4641 1300 Seventeenth Street North Fax: +1 (703) 284-2766 Arlington, VA 22209-3801 USA

Full Copyright Statement

Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2000). All Rights Reserved.

This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are included on all such copies and derivative works. However, this document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than English.

The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns.

This document and the information contained herein is provided on an "AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Acknowledgement

Funding for the RFC Editor function is currently provided by the Internet Society.